UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

/X/ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended September 30, 2019

Commission File Number 0-18082

GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC.
 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Maryland
 
43-1524856
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
 
 
1451 E. Battlefield, Springfield, Missouri
 
65804
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
 
 
 
(417) 887-4400
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class
Trading Symbol
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock,
   
par value $0.01 per share
GSBC
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  
Yes /X/     No /  /
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data file required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes/X/   No /  /
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer /  /
Acceleratedfiler /X/
Non-accelerated filer /  /
Smaller reporting company /  /
 
Emerging growth company /  /

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. / /

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 
Yes /  /   No /X/
 
The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock: 14,237,325 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, outstanding at November 5, 2019.

 
1




PART I FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(In thousands, except number of shares)

   
SEPTEMBER 30,
   
DECEMBER 31,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(Unaudited)
       
             
ASSETS
           
Cash
 
$
105,068
   
$
110,108
 
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
   
85,809
     
92,634
 
Cash and cash equivalents
   
190,877
     
202,742
 
Available-for-sale securities
   
349,020
     
243,968
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
   
10,819
     
1,650
 
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $40,406 – September 2019;
$38,409 - December 2018
   
4,156,703
     
3,989,001
 
Interest receivable
   
13,701
     
13,448
 
Prepaid expenses and other assets
   
82,218
     
55,336
 
Other real estate owned and repossessions, net
   
7,444
     
8,440
 
Premises and equipment, net
   
141,227
     
132,424
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets
   
8,386
     
9,288
 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
   
11,765
     
12,438
 
Current and deferred income taxes
   
     
7,465
 
          Total Assets
 
$
4,972,160
   
$
4,676,200
 
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
Liabilities:
               
Deposits
 
$
3,935,154
   
$
3,725,007
 
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements with customers
   
102,569
     
105,253
 
Short-term borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities
   
191,116
     
192,725
 
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust
   
25,774
     
25,774
 
Subordinated notes
   
74,168
     
73,842
 
Accrued interest payable
   
3,119
     
3,570
 
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance
   
10,405
     
5,092
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
   
27,048
     
12,960
 
Current and deferred income taxes
   
6,037
     
 
          Total Liabilities
   
4,375,390
     
4,144,223
 
Stockholders' Equity:
               
Capital stock
               
Serial preferred stock –$.01 par value; authorized 1,000,000 shares; issued
and outstanding September 2019 and December 2018 - -0- shares
   
     
 
Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized 20,000,000 shares;
issued and outstanding September 2019  –14,214,054 shares;
December 2018 - 14,151,198 shares
   
142
     
142
 
Additional paid-in capital
   
32,085
     
30,121
 
Retained earnings
   
523,493
     
492,087
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
   
41,050
     
9,627
 
          Total Stockholders' Equity
   
596,770
     
531,977
 
          Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
 
$
4,972,160
   
$
4,676,200
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2



GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)

   
THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(Unaudited)
 
             
INTEREST INCOME
           
Loans
 
$
57,226
   
$
51,063
 
Investment securities and other
   
2,961
     
1,919
 
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME
   
60,187
     
52,982
 
                 
INTEREST EXPENSE
               
Deposits
   
11,792
     
7,352
 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
   
     
1,192
 
Short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements
   
1,123
     
177
 
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust
   
253
     
252
 
Subordinated notes
   
1,095
     
1,024
 
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE
   
14,263
     
9,997
 
NET INTEREST INCOME
   
45,924
     
42,985
 
Provision for Loan Losses
   
1,950
     
1,300
 
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
   
43,974
     
41,685
 
                 
NON-INTEREST INCOME
               
Commissions
   
173
     
309
 
Service charges and ATM fees
   
5,619
     
5,458
 
Net gains on loan sales
   
1,021
     
417
 
Net realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities
   
     
2
 
Late charges and fees on loans
   
364
     
466
 
Gain (loss) on derivative interest rate products
   
(101
)
   
5
 
Gain on sale of business units
   
     
7,414
 
Other income
   
1,579
     
533
 
TOTAL NON-INTEREST INCOME
   
8,655
     
14,604
 
                 
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
               
Salaries and employee benefits
   
15,827
     
15,162
 
Net occupancy and equipment expense
   
6,613
     
6,551
 
Postage
   
792
     
843
 
Insurance
   
339
     
682
 
Advertising
   
794
     
589
 
Office supplies and printing
   
258
     
255
 
Telephone
   
904
     
827
 
Legal, audit and other professional fees
   
681
     
875
 
Expense on other real estate and repossessions
   
603
     
498
 
Partnership tax credit investment amortization
   
91
     
91
 
Acquired deposit intangible asset amortization
   
289
     
412
 
Other operating expenses
   
1,534
     
1,524
 
TOTAL NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
   
28,725
     
28,309
 
                 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
   
23,904
     
27,980
 
Provision for Income Taxes
   
4,172
     
5,464
 
NET INCOME AND NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
 
$
19,732
   
$
22,516
 
                 
Basic Earnings Per Common Share
 
$
1.39
   
$
1.59
 
Diluted Earnings Per Common Share
 
$
1.38
   
$
1.57
 
Dividends Declared Per Common Share
 
$
0.34
   
$
0.32
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
3



GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)

   
NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(Unaudited)
 
             
INTEREST INCOME
           
Loans
 
$
167,552
   
$
144,447
 
Investment securities and other
   
8,715
     
5,361
 
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME
   
176,267
     
149,808
 
                 
INTEREST EXPENSE
               
Deposits
   
33,844
     
19,058
 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
   
     
2,964
 
Short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements
   
2,904
     
385
 
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust
   
787
     
692
 
Subordinated notes
   
3,283
     
3,073
 
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE
   
40,818
     
26,172
 
NET INTEREST INCOME
   
135,449
     
123,636
 
Provision for Loan Losses
   
5,500
     
5,200
 
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
   
129,949
     
118,436
 
                 
NON-INTEREST INCOME
               
Commissions
   
670
     
868
 
Service charges and ATM fees
   
15,887
     
16,191
 
Net gains on loan sales
   
1,645
     
1,438
 
Late charges and fees on loans
   
1,066
     
1,240
 
Net realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities
   
10
     
2
 
Gain (loss) on derivative interest rate products
   
(169
)
   
53
 
Gain on sale of business units
   
     
7,414
 
Other income
   
4,154
     
1,792
 
TOTAL NON-INTEREST INCOME
   
23,263
     
28,998
 
                 
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
               
Salaries and employee benefits
   
46,895
     
44,731
 
Net occupancy and equipment expense
   
19,462
     
19,234
 
Postage
   
2,342
     
2,544
 
Insurance
   
1,667
     
2,002
 
Advertising
   
2,162
     
1,892
 
Office supplies and printing
   
743
     
789
 
Telephone
   
2,645
     
2,339
 
Legal, audit and other professional fees
   
2,023
     
2,373
 
Expense on other real estate and repossessions
   
1,642
     
4,376
 
Partnership tax credit investment amortization
   
274
     
484
 
Acquired deposit intangible asset amortization
   
902
     
1,237
 
Other operating expenses
   
4,845
     
4,536
 
TOTAL NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
   
85,602
     
86,537
 
                 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
   
67,610
     
60,897
 
Provision for Income Taxes
   
11,890
     
11,076
 
NET INCOME AND NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
 
$
55,720
   
$
49,821
 
                 
Basic Earnings Per Common Share
 
$
3.93
   
$
3.53
 
Diluted Earnings Per Common Share
 
$
3.90
   
$
3.49
 
Dividends Declared Per Common Share
 
$
1.73
   
$
0.88
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

4



GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)

   
THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(Unaudited)
 
             
Net Income
 
$
19,732
   
$
22,516
 
                 
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on available-for-sale securities,
   net of taxes (credit) of $1,315 and $(232), for 2019 and 2018, respectively
   
4,452
     
(805
)
                 
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income,
   net of taxes of $0 and $0, for 2019 and 2018, respectively
   
     
(2
)
                 
Change in fair value of cash flow hedge, net of taxes of $1,318 and $0,
   for 2019 and 2018, respectively
   
4,461
     
 
                 
Comprehensive Income
 
$
28,645
   
$
21,709
 


   
NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(Unaudited)
 
             
Net Income
 
$
55,720
   
$
49,821
 
                 
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on available-for-sale securities,
   net of taxes (credit) of $3,732 and $(894), for 2019 and 2018, respectively
   
12,642
     
(3,106
)
                 
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income,
   net of taxes of $2 and $0, for 2019 and 2018, respectively
   
(8
)
   
(2
)
                 
Change in fair value of cash flow hedge, net of taxes of $5,549 and $0,
   for 2019 and 2018, respectively
   
18,789
     
 
                 
Comprehensive Income
 
$
87,143
   
$
46,713
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



5


GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except per share data)

    THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2018
 
                     
Accumulated
             
                     
Other
             
   
Common
   
Additional
   
Retained
   
Comprehensive
   
Treasury
       
   
Stock
   
Paid-in Capital
   
Earnings
   
Income (Loss)
   
Stock
   
Total
 
   
(Unaudited)
 
                                     
Balance, June 30, 2018
 
$
141
   
$
29,134
   
$
461,784
   
$
(788
)
 
$
   
$
490,271
 
Net income
   
     
     
22,516
     
     
     
22,516
 
Stock issued under Stock Option
                                               
Plan
   
     
419
     
     
     
256
     
675
 
Common dividends declared,
                                               
$0.32 per share
   
     
     
(4,528
)
   
     
     
(4,528
)
Other comprehensive loss
   
     
     
     
(807
)
   
     
(807
)
Reclassification of treasury stock
                                               
per Maryland law
   
1
     
     
255
     
     
(256
)
   
 
                                                 
Balance, September 30, 2018
 
$
142
   
$
29,553
   
$
480,027
   
$
(1,595
)
 
$
   
$
508,127
 
                                                 


    THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019  
                     
Accumulated
             
                     
Other
             
   
Common
   
Additional
   
Retained
   
Comprehensive
   
Treasury
       
   
Stock
   
Paid-in Capital
   
Earnings
   
Income (Loss)
   
Stock
   
Total
 
   
(Unaudited)
 
                                     
Balance, June 30, 2019
 
$
142
   
$
31,603
   
$
508,427
   
$
32,137
   
$
   
$
572,309
 
Net income
   
     
     
19,732
     
     
     
19,732
 
Stock issued under Stock Option
                                               
Plan
   
     
482
     
     
     
167
     
649
 
Common dividends declared,
                                               
$0.34 per share
   
     
     
(4,833
)
   
     
     
(4,833
)
Other comprehensive gain
   
     
     
     
8,913
     
     
8,913
 
Reclassification of treasury stock
                                               
per Maryland law
   
     
     
167
     
     
(167
)
   
 
                                                 
Balance, September 30, 2019
 
$
142
   
$
32,085
   
$
523,493
   
$
41,050
   
$
   
$
596,770
 
                                                 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
6

GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except per share data)

    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2018  
                     
Accumulated
             
                     
Other
             
   
Common
   
Additional
   
Retained
   
Comprehensive
   
Treasury
       
   
Stock
   
Paid-in Capital
   
Earnings
   
Income (Loss)
   
Stock
   
Total
 
   
(Unaudited)
 
                                     
Balance, January 1, 2018
 
$
141
   
$
28,203
   
$
442,077
   
$
1,241
   
$
   
$
471,662
 
Net income
   
     
     
49,821
     
     
     
49,821
 
Stock issued under Stock Option
                                               
Plan
   
     
1,350
     
     
     
838
     
2,188
 
Common dividends declared,
                                               
$0.88 per share
   
     
     
(12,436
)
   
     
     
(12,436
)
Reclassification of stranded tax
                                               
effects resulting from change in
                                               
Federal income tax rate
   
     
     
(272
)
   
272
     
     
 
Other comprehensive loss
   
     
     
     
(3,108
)
   
     
(3,108
)
Reclassification of treasury stock
                                               
per Maryland law
   
1
     
     
837
     
     
(838
)
   
 
                                                 
Balance, September 30, 2018
 
$
142
   
$
29,553
   
$
480,027
   
$
(1,595
)
 
$
   
$
508,127
 
                                                 


    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019  
                     
Accumulated
             
                     
Other
             
   
Common
   
Additional
   
Retained
   
Comprehensive
   
Treasury
       
   
Stock
   
Paid-in Capital
   
Earnings
   
Income (Loss)
   
Stock
   
Total
 
   
(Unaudited)
 
                                     
Balance, January 1, 2019
 
$
142
   
$
30,121
   
$
492,087
   
$
9,627
   
$
   
$
531,977
 
Net income
   
     
     
55,720
     
     
     
55,720
 
Stock issued under Stock Option
                                               
Plan
   
     
1,964
     
     
     
1,059
     
3,023
 
Common dividends declared,
                                               
$1.39 per share
   
     
     
(24,524
)
   
     
     
(24,524
)
Purchase of the Company’s
                                               
common stock
   
     
     
     
     
(849
)
   
(849
)
Other comprehensive gain
   
     
     
     
31,423
     
     
31,423
 
Reclassification of treasury stock
                                               
per Maryland law
   
     
     
210
     
     
(210
)
   
 
                                                 
Balance, September 30, 2019
 
$
142
   
$
32,085
   
$
523,493
   
$
41,050
   
$
   
$
596,770
 
                                                 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
7


GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

   
NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(Unaudited)
 
             
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
           
Net income
 
$
55,720
   
$
49,821
 
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
   
81,403
     
72,229
 
Originations of loans held for sale
   
(88,864
)
   
(65,788
)
Items not requiring (providing) cash:
               
Depreciation
   
7,076
     
6,842
 
Amortization
   
1,566
     
1,837
 
Compensation expense for stock option grants
   
667
     
539
 
Provision for loan losses
   
5,500
     
5,200
 
Net gains on loan sales
   
(1,645
)
   
(1,438
)
Net realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities
   
(10
)
   
(2
)
Net (gains) losses on sale of premises and equipment
   
(24
)
   
122
 
Net losses on sale/write-down of other real estate owned and repossessions
   
205
     
2,003
 
Gain realized on sale of business units
   
     
(7,414
)
Accretion of deferred income, premiums, discounts and other
   
(2,949
)
   
(2,032
)
(Gain) loss on derivative interest rate products
   
169
     
(53
)
Deferred income taxes
   
(193
)
   
(6,278
)
Changes in:
               
Interest receivable
   
(253
)
   
(670
)
Prepaid expenses and other assets
   
(1,940
)
   
5,967
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
   
3,333
     
1,331
 
Income taxes refundable/payable
   
4,414
     
11,158
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
64,175
     
73,374
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
               
Net change in loans
   
(123,401
)
   
(171,672
)
Purchase of loans
   
(57,545
)
   
(57,382
)
Cash paid for sale of business units
   
     
(50,356
)
Purchase of premises and equipment
   
(8,274
)
   
(7,833
)
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
   
172
     
2,296
 
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned and repossessions
   
12,867
     
16,124
 
Capitalized costs on other real estate owned
   
(93
)
   
(153
)
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities
   
28,057
     
502
 
Proceeds from maturities and calls of held-to-maturity securities
   
     
130
 
Proceeds from maturities and calls of available-for-sale securities
   
13,370
     
2,366
 
Principal reductions on mortgage-backed securities
   
12,788
     
17,134
 
Purchase of available-for-sale securities
   
(143,151
)
   
(36,677
)
Redemption (purchase) of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
   
673
     
(3,736
)
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(264,537
)
   
(289,257
)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
               
Net increase in certificates of deposit
   
136,194
     
84,177
 
Net increase (decrease) in checking and savings deposits
   
73,995
     
(24,535
)
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances
   
     
2,363,500
 
Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances
   
     
(2,251,000
)
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
   
(4,293
)
   
16,409
 
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance
   
5,313
     
3,539
 
Dividends paid
   
(24,219
)
   
(11,288
)
Purchase of the Company’s common stock
   
(849
)
   
 
Stock options exercised
   
2,356
     
1,649
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
   
188,497
     
182,451
 
DECREASES IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
   
(11,865
)
   
(33,432
)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD
   
202,742
     
242,253
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD
 
$
190,877
   
$
208,821
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


8




GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1: BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company" or "Great Southern") have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. The financial statements presented herein reflect all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to fairly present the financial condition, results of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company as of the dates and for the periods presented. Those adjustments consist only of normal recurring adjustments. Operating results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. The consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2018, has been derived from the audited consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of that date.  Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.  These reclassifications had no effect on net income.

Certain information and note disclosures normally included in the Company's annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2018 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


NOTE 2: NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND OPERATING SEGMENTS

The Company operates as a one-bank holding company.  The Company’s business primarily consists of the operations of Great Southern Bank (the “Bank”), which provides a full range of financial services to customers primarily located in Missouri, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Nebraska and Arkansas.  The Bank also originates commercial loans from lending offices in Dallas, Texas, Tulsa, Okla., Chicago, Ill., Atlanta, Ga., Denver, Colo. and Omaha, Neb.  The Company and the Bank are subject to regulation by certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic examinations by those regulatory agencies.

The Company’s banking operation is its only reportable segment.  The banking operation is principally engaged in the business of originating residential and commercial real estate loans, construction loans, commercial business loans and consumer loans and funding these loans by attracting deposits from the general public, accepting brokered deposits and borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank and others.  The operating results of this segment are regularly reviewed by management to make decisions about resource allocations and to assess performance.  Selected information is not presented separately for the Company’s reportable segment, as there is no material difference between that information and the corresponding information in the consolidated financial statements.


NOTE 3: RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and in July 2018 FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases.  The amendments in this Update revise the accounting related to lessee accounting.  Under the new guidance, lessees are required to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases.  The Update became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019.  Adoption of the standard required the use of a modified retrospective transition approach for all periods presented at the time of adoption.  Based on the Company’s leases outstanding at December 31, 2018, which totaled less than 20 leased properties and no significant leased equipment, the adoption of the new standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated statements of financial condition or our consolidated statements of income, although an increase to assets and liabilities occurred at the time of adoption.  In the first quarter of 2019, the Company recognized a lease liability and a corresponding right-of-use asset for all leases of $9.5 million based on the lease portfolio at that time.


9




The Company’s lease terminations, new leases and lease modifications and renewals will impact the amount of lease liability and a corresponding right-of-use asset recognized.  The Company’s leases are currently all “operating leases” as defined in the Update; therefore, no material change in the income statement presentation of lease expense occurred in the three or nine months ended September 30, 2019. The Company’s lease activities are discussed further in Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this report.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326).  The Update amends guidance on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost and available for sale debt securities. For assets held at amortized cost, Topic 326 eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold in current GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected credit losses. This Update affects entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash.  For public companies who meet the definition of “Accelerated Filers,” such as the Company, the update is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity will apply the amendments in this update on a modified retrospective basis, through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. The Company previously formed a cross-functional committee to oversee the system, data, reporting and other considerations for purposes of meeting the requirements of this standard.  Data and system needs were assessed.  As a result, third-party software was acquired and implemented to manage the data.  We have completed the upload of the necessary historical loan data to the software that will be used in meeting certain requirements of this standard.  Our loss data covers multiple credit cycles back to 2003.  Parallel testing of the new methodology compared to the current methodology has been performed throughout 2019 and the Company continues to evaluate the impact of adopting the new guidance.  We engaged a third party to validate the accuracy of our inputs into the model.  This review was completed about September 30, 2019.  We expect to recognize a one-time cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings (net of applicable taxes), the allowance for loan losses (related to the carrying value of loans receivable) and other liabilities (related to the unfunded portion of loans and loan commitments) as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective for us (the three-month period ending March 31, 2020), but cannot yet determine the exact amount of any such one-time adjustment, or the overall impact of the new guidance on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  Based on the current modeling results, we anticipate that the one-time cumulative effect adjustment will be two to three percent of total stockholders’ equity.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles: Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (Topic 350). To simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill, the amendments eliminate Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test should be performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and an impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value.  An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the qualitative impairment test is necessary.  The nature of and reason for the change in accounting principle should be disclosed upon transition. The amendments in this update should be adopted for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted on testing dates after January 1, 2017.  We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements, but it is not expected to have a material impact.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) - Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. ASU 2018-13 modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820. The amendments in this update remove disclosures that no longer are considered cost beneficial, modify/clarify the specific requirements of certain disclosures, and add disclosure requirements identified as relevant. ASU 2018-13 is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for certain removed and modified disclosures, and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.


10




NOTE 4: EARNINGS PER SHARE

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
 
             
Basic:
           
Average common shares outstanding
   
14,210
     
14,146
 
Net income and net income available to common stockholders
 
$
19,732
   
$
22,516
 
Per common share amount
 
$
1.39
   
$
1.59
 
                 
Diluted:
               
Average common shares outstanding
   
14,210
     
14,146
 
Net effect of dilutive stock options – based on the treasury
               
stock method using average market price
   
107
     
153
 
Diluted common shares
   
14,317
     
14,299
 
Net income and net income available to common stockholders
 
$
19,732
   
$
22,516
 
Per common share amount
 
$
1.38
   
$
1.57
 

   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
 
             
Basic:
           
Average common shares outstanding
   
14,187
     
14,124
 
Net income and net income available to common stockholders
 
$
55,720
   
$
49,821
 
Per common share amount
 
$
3.93
   
$
3.53
 
                 
Diluted:
               
Average common shares outstanding
   
14,187
     
14,124
 
Net effect of dilutive stock options – based on the treasury
               
stock method using average market price
   
110
     
136
 
Diluted common shares
   
14,297
     
14,260
 
Net income and net income available to common stockholders
 
$
55,720
   
$
49,821
 
Per common share amount
 
$
3.90
   
$
3.49
 

Options outstanding at September 30, 2019 and 2018, to purchase 328,275 and 170,600 shares of common stock, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share for each of the three month periods because the exercise prices of such options were greater than the average market prices of the common stock for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  Options outstanding at September 30, 2019 and 2018, to purchase 318,275 and 260,947 shares of common stock, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share for each of the nine month periods because the exercise prices of such options were greater than the average market prices of the common stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.


11




NOTE 5: INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The amortized cost and fair values of securities classified as available-for-sale were as follows:

   
September 30, 2019
 
         
Gross
   
Gross
         
Tax
 
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Equivalent
 
   
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Yield
 
   
(In Thousands)
       
                               
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES:
                             
Agency mortgage-backed securities
 
$
186,485
   
$
11,741
   
$
(393
)
 
$
197,833
     
2.95
%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
   
110,673
     
3,799
     
(36
)
   
114,436
     
3.07
 
States and political subdivisions
   
35,131
     
1,620
     
     
36,751
     
4.82
 
   
$
332,289
   
$
17,160
   
$
(429
)
 
$
349,020
     
3.19
%

   
December 31, 2018
 
         
Gross
   
Gross
         
Tax
 
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Equivalent
 
   
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Yield
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                               
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES:
                             
Agency mortgage-backed securities
 
$
154,557
   
$
1,272
   
$
2,571
   
$
153,258
     
2.83
%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
   
39,024
     
250
     
14
     
39,260
     
3.18
 
States and political subdivisions
   
50,022
     
1,428
     
     
51,450
     
4.81
 
   
$
243,603
   
$
2,950
   
$
2,585
   
$
243,968
     
3.29
%


The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale securities at September 30, 2019, by contractual maturity, are shown below.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

   
Amortized
   
Fair
 
   
Cost
   
Value
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
One year or less
 
$
   
$
 
After one through five years
   
878
     
954
 
After five through ten years
   
9,140
     
9,501
 
After ten years
   
25,113
     
26,296
 
Securities not due on a single maturity date
   
297,158
     
312,269
 
                 
   
$
332,289
   
$
349,020
 

Certain investments in debt securities are reported in the financial statements at an amount less than their historical cost. Total fair value of these investments at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, was approximately $64.8 million and $95.7 million, respectively, which is approximately 18.6% and 39.2% of the Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolio, respectively.

Based on an evaluation of available evidence, including recent changes in market interest rates, credit rating information and information obtained from regulatory filings, management believes the declines in fair value for these debt securities are temporary.


12




The following table shows the Company’s gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018:

   
September 30, 2019
 
   
Less than 12 Months
   
12 Months or More
   
Total
 
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
 
Description of Securities
 
Value
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Losses
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                                     
Agency mortgage-backed securities
 
$
   
$
   
$
51,433
   
$
(393
)
 
$
51,433
   
$
(393
)
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
   
13,368
     
(36
)
   
     
     
13,368
     
(36
)
   
$
13,368
   
$
(36
)
 
$
51,433
   
$
(393
)
 
$
64,801
   
$
(429
)

   
December 31, 2018
 
   
Less than 12 Months
   
12 Months or More
   
Total
 
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
 
Description of Securities
 
Value
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Losses
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                                     
Agency mortgage-backed securities
 
$
11,255
   
$
(82
)
 
$
74,186
   
$
(2,489
)
 
$
85,441
   
$
(2,571
)
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
   
9,725
     
(14
)
   
     
     
9,725
     
(14
)
State and political subdivisions
   
511
     
     
     
     
511
     
 
   
$
21,491
   
$
(96
)
 
$
74,186
   
$
(2,489
)
 
$
95,677
   
$
(2,585
)

There were no sales of available-for-sale securities during the three months ended September 30, 2019.  Gross gains of $226,000 and gross losses of $216,000 resulting from sales of available-for-sale securities were realized during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.  Gross gains of $2,000 and $2,000 and gross losses of $0 and $0 resulting from sales of available-for-sale securities were realized during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018.  Gains and losses on sales of securities are determined on the specific-identification method.

Other-than-temporary Impairment.  Upon acquisition of a security, the Company decides whether it is within the scope of the accounting guidance for beneficial interests in securitized financial assets or will be evaluated for impairment under the accounting guidance for investments in debt and equity securities.

The accounting guidance for beneficial interests in securitized financial assets provides incremental impairment guidance for a subset of the debt securities within the scope of the guidance for investments in debt and equity securities.  For securities where the security is a beneficial interest in securitized financial assets, the Company uses the beneficial interests in securitized financial asset impairment model.  For securities where the security is not a beneficial interest in securitized financial assets, the Company uses the debt and equity securities impairment model.  The Company does not currently have securities within the scope of this guidance for beneficial interests in securitized financial assets.

The Company periodically evaluates each investment security in an unrealized loss position to determine whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred.  The Company considers the length of time a security has been in an unrealized loss position, the relative amount of the unrealized loss compared to the carrying value of the security, the type of security and other factors.  If certain criteria are met, the Company performs additional review and evaluation using observable market values or various inputs in economic models to determine if an unrealized loss is other-than-temporary.  The Company uses quoted market prices for marketable equity securities and uses broker pricing quotes based on observable inputs for equity investments that are not traded on a stock exchange.  For non-

13




agency collateralized mortgage obligations, to determine if the unrealized loss is other than temporary, the Company projects total estimated defaults of the underlying assets (mortgages) and multiplies that calculated amount by an estimate of realizable value upon sale in the marketplace (severity) in order to determine the projected collateral loss.  The Company also evaluates any current credit enhancement underlying these securities to determine the impact on cash flows.  If the Company determines that a given security position will be subject to a write-down or loss, the Company records the expected credit loss as a charge to earnings.

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, no securities were determined to have impairment that had become other-than-temporary.

Credit Losses Recognized on Investments.  During the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, there were no debt securities that had experienced fair value deterioration due to credit losses, or due to other market factors, but were not otherwise other-than-temporarily impaired.

Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.  Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income and the affected line items in the statements of income during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, are shown below.

The FASB previously issued ASU 2018-02, Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Topic 220). The amendment allows an entity to elect to reclassify the stranded tax effects resulting from the change in income tax rate from H.R.1, originally known as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “TCJ Act”), from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings.  The Company chose to early adopt ASU 2018-02 effective January 1, 2018.  The stranded tax amount related to unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, which was reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings at the time of adoption, was $272,000.  There were no other income tax effects related to the application of the Tax Act to be reclassified from AOCI to retained earnings.

   
Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated
   
   
Other Comprehensive Income
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Affected Line Item in the
   
2019
   
2018
 
Statements of Income
   
(In Thousands)
   
                  
Unrealized gains on available-
           
Net realized gains on sales of
for-sale securities
 
$
   
$
2
 
available-for-sale securities
                 
(Total reclassified amount before tax)
Income Taxes
   
     
 
Provision for income taxes
Total reclassifications out of accumulated
                   
other comprehensive income
 
$
   
$
2
   

14




   
Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated
   
   
Other Comprehensive Income
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Affected Line Item in the
   
2019
   
2018
 
Statements of Income
   
(In Thousands)
   
                  
Unrealized gains on available-
           
Net realized gains on sales of
for-sale securities
 
$
10
   
$
2
 
available-for-sale securities
                 
(Total reclassified amount before tax)
Income Taxes
   
(2
)
   
 
Provision for income taxes
Total reclassifications out of accumulated
                   
other comprehensive income
 
$
8
   
$
2
   


NOTE 6: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Classes of loans at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were as follows:

   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
One- to four-family residential construction
 
$
35,153
   
$
26,177
 
Subdivision construction
   
16,326
     
13,844
 
Land development
   
38,899
     
44,492
 
Commercial construction
   
1,335,827
     
1,417,166
 
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential
   
345,098
     
276,866
 
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential
   
122,289
     
122,438
 
Commercial real estate
   
1,494,621
     
1,371,435
 
Other residential
   
841,087
     
784,894
 
Commercial business
   
305,233
     
322,118
 
Industrial revenue bonds
   
13,350
     
13,940
 
Consumer auto
   
174,710
     
253,528
 
Consumer other
   
48,623
     
57,350
 
Home equity lines of credit
   
119,705
     
121,352
 
Loans acquired and accounted for under ASC 310-30, net of discounts
   
142,099
     
167,651
 
     
5,033,020
     
4,993,251
 
Undisbursed portion of loans in process
   
(829,135
)
   
(958,441
)
Allowance for loan losses
   
(40,406
)
   
(38,409
)
Deferred loan fees and gains, net
   
(6,776
)
   
(7,400
)
   
$
4,156,703
   
$
3,989,001
 
                 
Weighted average interest rate
   
5.11
%
   
5.16
%


15




Classes of loans by aging were as follows:

   
September 30, 2019
 
                                       
Total Loans
 
                                 
Total
   
> 90 Days
 
   
30-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
Over
   
Total
         
Loans
   
Past Due and
 
   
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
90 Days
   
Past Due
   
Current
   
Receivable
   
Still Accruing
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                                           
One- to four-family
                                         
residential construction
 
$
250
   
$
   
$
   
$
250
   
$
34,903
   
$
35,153
   
$
 
Subdivision construction
   
     
     
     
     
16,326
     
16,326
     
 
Land development
   
     
28
     
83
     
111
     
38,788
     
38,899
     
 
Commercial construction
   
     
     
     
     
1,335,827
     
1,335,827
     
 
Owner occupied one- to
                                                       
four-family residential
   
556
     
55
     
913
     
1,524
     
343,574
     
345,098
     
 
Non-owner occupied one-
                                                       
to four-family residential
   
     
56
     
566
     
622
     
121,667
     
122,289
     
 
Commercial real estate
   
498
     
91
     
637
     
1,226
     
1,493,395
     
1,494,621
     
 
Other residential
   
9,319
     
     
     
9,319
     
831,768
     
841,087
     
 
Commercial business
   
23
     
11
     
1,245
     
1,279
     
303,954
     
305,233
     
 
Industrial revenue bonds
   
     
     
     
     
13,350
     
13,350
     
 
Consumer auto
   
1,408
     
366
     
513
     
2,287
     
172,423
     
174,710
     
 
Consumer other
   
341
     
93
     
178
     
612
     
48,011
     
48,623
     
 
Home equity lines of credit
   
303
     
     
531
     
834
     
118,871
     
119,705
     
 
Loans acquired and accounted for under
                                                       
ASC 310-30, net of discounts
   
642
     
291
     
6,413
     
7,346
     
134,753
     
142,099
     
 
     
13,340
     
991
     
11,079
     
25,410
     
5,007,610
     
5,033,020
     
 
Less loans acquired and accounted for under
                                                       
ASC 310-30, net
   
642
     
291
     
6,413
     
7,346
     
134,753
     
142,099
     
 
                                                         
Total
 
$
12,698
   
$
700
   
$
4,666
   
$
18,064
   
$
4,872,857
   
$
4,890,921
   
$
 

16



   
December 31, 2018
 
                                       
Total Loans
 
                                 
Total
   
> 90 Days Past
 
   
30-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
Over 90
   
Total Past
         
Loans
   
Due and
 
   
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
Days
   
Due
   
Current
   
Receivable
   
Still Accruing
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                                           
One- to four-family
                                         
residential construction
 
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
26,177
   
$
26,177
   
$
 
Subdivision construction
   
     
     
     
     
13,844
     
13,844
     
 
Land development
   
13
     
     
49
     
62
     
44,430
     
44,492
     
 
Commercial construction
   
     
     
     
     
1,417,166
     
1,417,166
     
 
Owner occupied one- to
                                                       
four-family residential
   
1,431
     
806
     
1,206
     
3,443
     
273,423
     
276,866
     
 
Non-owner occupied one-
                                                       
to four-family residential
   
1,142
     
144
     
1,458
     
2,744
     
119,694
     
122,438
     
 
Commercial real estate
   
3,940
     
53
     
334
     
4,327
     
1,367,108
     
1,371,435
     
 
Other residential
   
     
     
     
     
784,894
     
784,894
     
 
Commercial business
   
72
     
54
     
1,437
     
1,563
     
320,555
     
322,118
     
 
Industrial revenue bonds
   
3
     
     
     
3
     
13,937
     
13,940
     
 
Consumer auto
   
2,596
     
722
     
1,490
     
4,808
     
248,720
     
253,528
     
 
Consumer other
   
691
     
181
     
240
     
1,112
     
56,238
     
57,350
     
 
Home equity lines of credit
   
229
     
     
86
     
315
     
121,037
     
121,352
     
 
Loans acquired and accounted for under
                                                       
ASC 310-30, net of discounts
   
2,195
     
1,416
     
6,827
     
10,438
     
157,213
     
167,651
     
 
     
12,312
     
3,376
     
13,127
     
28,815
     
4,964,436
     
4,993,251
     
 
Less loans acquired and accounted for under ASC 310-30, net
   
2,195
     
1,416
     
6,827
     
10,438
     
157,213
     
167,651
     
 
                                                         
Total
 
$
10,117
   
$
1,960
   
$
6,300
   
$
18,377
   
$
4,807,223
   
$
4,825,600
   
$
 

Nonaccruing loans (excluding FDIC-assisted acquired loans, net of discount) are summarized as follows:

   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
One- to four-family residential construction
 
$
   
$
 
Subdivision construction
   
     
 
Land development
   
83
     
49
 
Commercial construction
   
     
 
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential
   
913
     
1,206
 
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential
   
566
     
1,458
 
Commercial real estate
   
637
     
334
 
Other residential
   
     
 
Commercial business
   
1,245
     
1,437
 
Industrial revenue bonds
   
     
 
Consumer auto
   
513
     
1,490
 
Consumer other
   
178
     
240
 
Home equity lines of credit
   
531
     
86
 
                 
Total
 
$
4,666
   
$
6,300
 


17





The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019.  Also presented are the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and impairment method as of September 30, 2019:

   
One- to Four-
                                     
   
Family
                                     
   
Residential and
   
Other
   
Commercial
   
Commercial
   
Commercial
             
   
Construction
   
Residential
   
Real Estate
   
Construction
   
Business
   
Consumer
   
Total
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                                           
Allowance for loan losses
                                         
Balance, July 1, 2019
 
$
3,803
   
$
3,753
   
$
22,367
   
$
3,479
   
$
1,678
   
$
4,174
   
$
39,254
 
Provision (benefit) charged to expense
   
(232
)
   
566
     
2,246
     
(571
)
   
(341
)
   
282
     
1,950
 
Losses charged off
   
(1
)
   
     
     
(46
)
   
(211
)
   
(1,419
)
   
(1,677
)
Recoveries
   
61
     
     
13
     
20
     
100
     
685
     
879
 
Balance, September 30, 2019
 
$
3,631
   
$
4,319
   
$
24,626
   
$
2,882
   
$
1,226
   
$
3,722
   
$
40,406
 
                                                         
Balance, January 1, 2019
 
$
3,122
   
$
4,713
   
$
19,803
   
$
3,105
   
$
1,568
   
$
6,098
   
$
38,409
 
Provision (benefit) charged to expense
   
931
     
(394
)
   
4,791
     
3
     
(431
)
   
600
     
5,500
 
Losses charged off
   
(518
)
   
     
(7
)
   
(266
)
   
(310
)
   
(5,324
)
   
(6,425
)
Recoveries
   
96
     
     
39
     
40
     
399
     
2,348
     
2,922
 
Balance, September 30, 2019
 
$
3,631
   
$
4,319
   
$
24,626
   
$
2,882
   
$
1,226
   
$
3,722
   
$
40,406
 
                                                         
Ending balance:
                                                       
Individually evaluated for
                                                       
impairment
 
$
224
   
$
   
$
569
   
$
   
$
14
   
$
127
   
$
934
 
Collectively evaluated for
                                                       
impairment
 
$
3,315
   
$
4,236
   
$
23,735
   
$
2,747
   
$
1,174
   
$
3,572
   
$
38,779
 
Loans acquired and accounted
                                                       
for under ASC 310-30
 
$
92
   
$
83
   
$
322
   
$
135
   
$
38
   
$
23
   
$
693
 
                                                         
Loans
                                                       
Individually evaluated for
                                                       
impairment
 
$
3,106
   
$
   
$
4,285
   
$
83
   
$
1,299
   
$
1,722
   
$
10,495
 
Collectively evaluated for
                                                       
impairment
 
$
515,760
   
$
841,087
   
$
1,490,336
   
$
1,374,643
   
$
317,284
   
$
341,316
   
$
4,880,426
 
Loans acquired and accounted
                                                       
for under ASC 310-30
 
$
79,892
   
$
11,349
   
$
30,772
   
$
4,069
   
$
3,777
   
$
12,240
   
$
142,099
 

18




The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018:

   
One- to Four-
                                     
   
Family
                                     
   
Residential and
   
Other
   
Commercial
   
Commercial
   
Commercial
             
   
Construction
   
Residential
   
Real Estate
   
Construction
   
Business
   
Consumer
   
Total
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                                           
Allowance for loan losses
                                         
Balance July 1, 2018
 
$
2,727
   
$
3,845
   
$
19,474
   
$
2,395
   
$
2,991
   
$
6,124
   
$
37,556
 
Provision (benefit) charged to expense
   
7
     
341
     
708
     
538
     
(1,019
)
   
725
     
1,300
 
Losses charged off
   
(18
)
   
(194
)
   
     
(4
)
   
(274
)
   
(2,128
)
   
(2,618
)
Recoveries
   
79
     
41
     
1
     
97
     
80
     
961
     
1,259
 
Balance September 30, 2018
 
$
2,795
   
$
4,033
   
$
20,183
   
$
3,026
   
$
1,778
   
$
5,682
   
$
37,497
 
                                                         
Balance January 1, 2018
 
$
2,108
   
$
2,839
   
$
18,639
   
$
1,767
   
$
3,581
   
$
7,558
   
$
36,492
 
Provision (benefit) charged to expense
   
494
     
1,310
     
1,519
     
1,009
     
(991
)
   
1,859
     
5,200
 
Losses charged off
   
(59
)
   
(525
)
   
(102
)
   
(87
)
   
(1,155
)
   
(7,062
)
   
(8,990
)
Recoveries
   
252
     
409
     
127
     
337
     
343
     
3,327
     
4,795
 
Balance September 30, 2018
 
$
2,795
   
$
4,033
   
$
20,183
   
$
3,026
   
$
1,778
   
$
5,682
   
$
37,497
 

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and impairment method as of December 31, 2018:

   
One- to Four-
                                     
   
Family
                                     
   
Residential and
   
Other
   
Commercial
   
Commercial
   
Commercial
             
   
Construction
   
Residential
   
Real Estate
   
Construction
   
Business
   
Consumer
   
Total
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                                           
Allowance for loan losses
                                         
Individually evaluated for
                                         
impairment
 
$
694
   
$
   
$
613
   
$
   
$
309
   
$
425
   
$
2,041
 
Collectively evaluated for
                                                       
impairment
 
$
2,392
   
$
4,681
   
$
18,958
   
$
3,029
   
$
1,247
   
$
5,640
   
$
35,947
 
Loans acquired and accounted
                                                       
for under ASC 310-30
 
$
36
   
$
32
   
$
232
   
$
76
   
$
12
   
$
33
   
$
421
 
                                                         
Loans
                                                       
Individually evaluated for
                                                       
impairment
 
$
6,116
   
$
   
$
3,501
   
$
14
   
$
1,844
   
$
2,464
   
$
13,939
 
Collectively evaluated for
                                                       
impairment
 
$
433,209
   
$
784,894
   
$
1,367,934
   
$
1,461,644
   
$
334,214
   
$
429,766
   
$
4,811,661
 
Loans acquired and accounted
                                                       
for under ASC 310-30
 
$
93,841
   
$
12,790
   
$
33,620
   
$
4,093
   
$
4,347
   
$
18,960
   
$
167,651
 

19




The portfolio segments used in the preceding three tables correspond to the loan classes used in all other tables in Note 6 as follows:

The one- to four-family residential and construction segment includes the one- to four-family residential construction, subdivision construction, owner occupied one- to four-family residential and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential classes
The other residential segment corresponds to the other residential class
The commercial real estate segment includes the commercial real estate and industrial revenue bonds classes
The commercial construction segment includes the land development and commercial construction classes
The commercial business segment corresponds to the commercial business class
The consumer segment includes the consumer auto, consumer other and home equity lines of credit classes

A loan is considered impaired, in accordance with the impairment accounting guidance (FASB ASC 310-10-35-16), when based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include not only nonperforming loans but also include loans modified in troubled debt restructurings where concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties.

Impaired loans (excluding FDIC-assisted loans, net of discount), are summarized as follows:

   
September 30, 2019
 
         
Unpaid
       
   
Recorded
   
Principal
   
Specific
 
   
Balance
   
Balance
   
Allowance
 
         
(In Thousands)
       
One- to four-family residential
  construction
 
$
   
$
   
$
 
Subdivision construction
   
256
     
256
     
98
 
Land development
   
83
     
83
     
 
Commercial construction
   
     
     
 
Owner occupied one- to four-
  family residential
   
2,055
     
2,312
     
105
 
Non-owner occupied one- to four-
  family residential
   
795
     
980
     
21
 
Commercial real estate
   
4,286
     
4,312
     
569
 
Other residential
   
     
     
 
Commercial business
   
1,299
     
1,766
     
14
 
Industrial revenue bonds
   
     
     
 
Consumer auto
   
840
     
1,083
     
107
 
Consumer other
   
340
     
517
     
16
 
Home equity lines of credit
   
541
     
563
     
4
 
                         
Total
 
$
10,495
   
$
11,872
   
$
934
 

20




   
Three Months Ended
   
Nine Months Ended
 
   
September 30, 2019
   
September 30, 2019
 
   
Average
         
Average
       
   
Investment
   
Interest
   
Investment
   
Interest
 
   
in Impaired
   
Income
   
in Impaired
   
Income
 
   
Loans
   
Recognized
   
Loans
   
Recognized
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                         
One- to four-family residential construction
 
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
Subdivision construction
   
269
     
2
     
285
     
7
 
Land development
   
83
     
2
     
428
     
101
 
Commercial construction
   
     
     
     
 
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential
   
2,042
     
23
     
2,745
     
80
 
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential
   
687
     
14
     
1,093
     
32
 
Commercial real estate
   
4,427
     
62
     
5,217
     
198
 
Other residential
   
     
     
     
 
Commercial business
   
1,370
     
7
     
1,590
     
65
 
Industrial revenue bonds
   
     
     
     
 
Consumer auto
   
883
     
21
     
1,121
     
64
 
Consumer other
   
331
     
12
     
399
     
34
 
Home equity lines of credit
   
447
     
13
     
318
     
30
 
                                 
Total
 
$
10,539
   
$
156
   
$
13,196
   
$
611
 

   
At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
                     
Average
       
         
Unpaid
         
Investment
   
Interest
 
   
Recorded
   
Principal
   
Specific
   
in Impaired
   
Income
 
   
Balance
   
Balance
   
Allowance
   
Loans
   
Recognized
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                               
One- to four-family residential
  construction
 
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
Subdivision construction
   
318
     
318
     
105
     
321
     
17
 
Land development
   
14
     
18
     
     
14
     
1
 
Commercial construction
   
     
     
     
     
 
Owner occupied one- to four-
                                       
  family residential
   
3,576
     
3,926
     
285
     
3,406
     
197
 
Non-owner occupied one- to four-
                                       
  family residential
   
2,222
     
2,519
     
304
     
2,870
     
158
 
Commercial real estate
   
3,501
     
3,665
     
613
     
6,216
     
337
 
Other residential
   
     
     
     
1,026
     
20
 
Commercial business
   
1,844
     
2,207
     
309
     
2,932
     
362
 
Industrial revenue bonds
   
     
     
     
     
 
Consumer auto
   
1,874
     
2,114
     
336
     
2,069
     
167
 
Consumer other
   
479
     
684
     
72
     
738
     
59
 
Home equity lines of credit
   
111
     
128
     
17
     
412
     
28
 
                                         
Total
 
$
13,939
   
$
15,579
   
$
2,041
   
$
20,004
   
$
1,346
 

21




   
September 30, 2018
 
         
Unpaid
       
   
Recorded
   
Principal
   
Specific
 
   
Balance
   
Balance
   
Allowance
 
         
(In Thousands)
       
One- to four-family residential
  construction
 
$
   
$
   
$
 
Subdivision construction
   
241
     
241
     
107
 
Land development
   
14
     
18
     
 
Commercial construction
   
     
     
 
Owner occupied one- to four-
  family residential
   
3,663
     
3,995
     
343
 
Non-owner occupied one- to four-
  family residential
   
2,398
     
2,677
     
321
 
Commercial real estate
   
3,556
     
3,714
     
635
 
Other residential
   
     
     
 
Commercial business
   
2,008
     
2,383
     
324
 
Industrial revenue bonds
   
     
     
 
Consumer auto
   
1,843
     
2,046
     
331
 
Consumer other
   
566
     
751
     
85
 
Home equity lines of credit
   
115
     
133
     
17
 
                         
Total
 
$
14,404
   
$
15,958
   
$
2,163
 

   
Three Months Ended
   
Nine Months Ended
 
   
September 30, 2018
   
September 30, 2018
 
   
Average
         
Average
       
   
Investment
   
Interest
   
Investment
   
Interest
 
   
in Impaired
   
Income
   
in Impaired
   
Income
 
   
Loans
   
Recognized
   
Loans
   
Recognized
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                         
One- to four-family residential construction
 
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
Subdivision construction
   
299
     
3
     
336
     
11
 
Land development
   
15
     
1
     
15
     
1
 
Commercial construction
   
     
     
     
 
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential
   
3,401
     
53
     
3,322
     
142
 
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential
   
2,583
     
38
     
3,082
     
130
 
Commercial real estate
   
6,689
     
55
     
7,115
     
278
 
Other residential
   
675
     
     
1,368
     
20
 
Commercial business
   
2,581
     
40
     
3,277
     
329
 
Industrial revenue bonds
   
     
     
     
 
Consumer auto
   
1,865
     
37
     
2,120
     
118
 
Consumer other
   
671
     
11
     
806
     
48
 
Home equity lines of credit
   
405
     
     
500
     
28
 
                                 
Total
 
$
19,184
   
$
238
   
$
21,941
   
$
1,105
 

At September 30, 2019, $4.7 million of impaired loans had specific valuation allowances totaling $934,000.  At December 31, 2018, $8.4 million of impaired loans had specific valuation allowances totaling $2.0 million.

Included in certain loan categories in the impaired loans are troubled debt restructurings that were classified as impaired. Troubled debt restructurings are loans that are modified by granting concessions to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties.  These concessions could include a reduction in the interest rate on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection.  The types of concessions made are factored into the estimation of the allowance for loan losses for troubled debt restructurings primarily using a discounted cash flow or collateral adequacy approach.

The following tables present newly restructured loans during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, by type of modification:
22





   
Three Months Ended September 30, 2019
 
                     
Total
 
   
Interest Only
   
Term
   
Combination
   
Modification
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                         
Consumer
 
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
                                 

   
Three Months Ended September 30, 2018
 
                     
Total
 
   
Interest Only
   
Term
   
Combination
   
Modification
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                         
Consumer
 
$
   
$
67
   
$
   
$
67
 
                                 

   
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019
 
                     
Total
 
   
Interest Only
   
Term
   
Combination
   
Modification
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                         
Consumer
 
$
   
$
73
   
$
   
$
73
 
                                 

   
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018
 
                     
Total
 
   
Interest Only
   
Term
   
Combination
   
Modification
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                         
Mortgage loans on real estate:
                       
One- to four-family residential
 
$
1,348
   
$
   
$
     
1,348
 
Consumer
   
     
506
     
     
506
 
                                 
   
$
1,348
   
$
506
   
$
   
$
1,854
 

At September 30, 2019, the Company had $2.0 million of loans that were modified in troubled debt restructurings and impaired, as follows:  $256,000 of construction and land development loans, $777,000 of one- to four-family and other residential mortgage loans, $418,000 of commercial real estate loans, $168,000 of commercial business loans and $355,000 of consumer loans.  Of the total troubled debt restructurings at September 30, 2019, $1.4 million were accruing interest and $585,000 were classified as substandard using the Company’s internal grading system, which is described below.  The Company had no troubled debt restructurings which were modified in the previous 12 months and subsequently defaulted during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.  When loans modified as troubled debt restructurings have subsequent payment defaults, the defaults are factored into the determination of the allowance for loan losses to ensure specific valuation allowances reflect amounts considered uncollectible.  At December 31, 2018, the Company had $6.9 million of loans that were modified in troubled debt restructurings and impaired, as follows:  $283,000 of construction and land development loans, $3.9 million of one- to four-family and other residential mortgage loans, $1.3 million of commercial real estate loans, $548,000 of commercial business loans and $803,000 of consumer loans.  Of the total troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2018, $4.7 million were accruing interest and $2.5 million were classified as substandard using the Company’s internal grading system.  The Company had no troubled debt restructurings which were modified in the previous 12 months and subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2018.

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, $-0- and $63,000 of loans, respectively, all of which consisted of consumer loans, designated as troubled debt restructurings met the criteria for placement back on accrual status.  The criteria is generally a minimum of six months of consistent and timely payment performance under original or modified terms.  During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, $46,000 and $85,000 of loans, respectively, all of which consisted of one- to four-family residential loans, designated as troubled debt restructurings met the criteria for placement back on accrual status.

23




The Company reviews the credit quality of its loan portfolio using an internal grading system that classifies loans as “Satisfactory,” “Watch,” “Special Mention,” “Substandard” and “Doubtful.”  Loans classified as watch are being monitored because of indications of potential weaknesses or deficiencies that may require future classification as special mention or substandard.  Special mention loans possess potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention but do not expose the Bank to a degree of risk that warrants substandard classification.  Substandard loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if certain deficiencies are not corrected.  Doubtful loans are those having all the weaknesses inherent to those classified Substandard with the added characteristics that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.  Loans not meeting any of the criteria previously described are considered satisfactory.  The FDIC-assisted acquired loans are evaluated using this internal grading system. These loans are accounted for in pools.  Minimal adverse classification in these acquired loan pools was identified as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.  See Note 7 for further discussion of the acquired loan pools and the termination of the loss sharing agreements.

The Company evaluates the loan risk internal grading system definitions and allowance for loan loss methodology on an ongoing basis.  The general component of the allowance for loan losses is affected by several factors, including, but not limited to, average historical losses, average life of the loans, current composition of the loan portfolio, current and expected economic conditions, collateral values and internal risk ratings.  Management considers all these factors in determining the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for loan losses.  In early 2018, we expanded our loan risk rating system to allow for further segregation of satisfactory credits.  No significant changes were made to the allowance for loan loss methodology during the past year.

The loan grading system is presented by loan class below:

   
September 30, 2019
 
               
Special
                   
   
Satisfactory
   
Watch
   
Mention
   
Substandard
   
Doubtful
   
Total
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                                     
One- to four-family residential
                                   
construction
 
$
35,153
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
35,153
 
Subdivision construction
   
16,326
     
     
     
     
     
16,326
 
Land development
   
38,788
     
28
     
     
83
     
     
38,899
 
Commercial construction
   
1,335,827
     
     
     
     
     
1,335,827
 
Owner occupied one- to four-
                                               
family residential
   
343,359
     
     
     
1,739
     
     
345,098
 
Non-owner occupied one- to
                                               
 four-family residential
   
121,298
     
425
     
     
566
     
     
122,289
 
Commercial real estate
   
1,458,339
     
32,312
     
     
3,970
     
     
1,494,621
 
Other residential
   
841,087
     
     
     
     
     
841,087
 
Commercial business
   
299,286
     
4,702
     
     
1,245
     
     
305,233
 
Industrial revenue bonds
   
13,350
     
     
     
     
     
13,350
 
Consumer auto
   
173,996
     
60
     
     
654
     
     
174,710
 
Consumer other
   
48,211
     
94
     
     
318
     
     
48,623
 
Home equity lines of credit
   
119,130
     
44
     
     
531
     
     
119,705
 
Loans acquired and accounted
                                               
for under ASC 310-30,
                                               
net of discounts
   
142,084
     
     
     
15
     
     
142,099
 
                                                 
Total
 
$
4,986,234
   
$
37,665
   
$
   
$
9,121
   
$
   
$
5,033,020
 

24




   
December 31, 2018
 
               
Special
                   
   
Satisfactory
   
Watch
   
Mention
   
Substandard
   
Doubtful
   
Total
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                                     
One- to four-family residential
                                   
construction
 
$
25,803
   
$
374
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
26,177
 
Subdivision construction
   
12,077
     
1,718
     
     
49
     
     
13,844
 
Land development
   
39,892
     
4,600
     
     
     
     
44,492
 
Commercial construction
   
1,417,166
     
     
     
     
     
1,417,166
 
Owner occupied one- to-four-
                                               
family residential
   
274,661
     
43
     
     
2,162
     
     
276,866
 
Non-owner occupied one- to-
                                               
four-family residential
   
119,951
     
941
     
     
1,546
     
     
122,438
 
Commercial real estate
   
1,357,987
     
11,061
     
     
2,387
     
     
1,371,435
 
Other residential
   
784,393
     
501
     
     
     
     
784,894
 
Commercial business
   
315,518
     
5,163
     
     
1,437
     
     
322,118
 
Industrial revenue bonds
   
13,940
     
     
     
     
     
13,940
 
Consumer auto
   
251,824
     
116
     
     
1,588
     
     
253,528
 
Consumer other
   
56,859
     
157
     
     
334
     
     
57,350
 
Home equity lines of credit
   
121,134
     
118
     
     
100
     
     
121,352
 
Loans acquired and accounted
                                               
for under ASC 310-30,
                                               
net of discounts
   
167,632
     
     
     
19
     
     
167,651
 
                                                 
Total
 
$
4,958,837
   
$
24,792
   
$
   
$
9,622
   
$
   
$
4,993,251
 


NOTE 7: FDIC-ACQUIRED LOANS

On March 20, 2009, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with loss share with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) to assume all of the deposits (excluding brokered deposits) and acquire certain assets of TeamBank, N.A., a full service commercial bank headquartered in Paola, Kansas.

The loans, commitments and foreclosed assets purchased in the TeamBank transaction were covered by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and Great Southern Bank.  This agreement originally was to extend for ten years for 1-4 family real estate loans and for five years for other loans. The five-year period ended March 31, 2014 and the ten-year period was terminated early, effective April 26, 2016, by mutual agreement of Great Southern Bank and the FDIC.  Based upon the acquisition date fair values of the net assets acquired, no goodwill was recorded.

On September 4, 2009, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with loss share with the FDIC to assume all of the deposits and acquire certain assets of Vantus Bank, a full service thrift headquartered in Sioux City, Iowa.

The loans, commitments and foreclosed assets purchased in the Vantus Bank transaction were covered by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and Great Southern Bank.  This agreement originally was to extend for ten years for 1-4 family real estate loans and for five years for other loans. The five year period ended September 30, 2014 and the ten-year period was terminated early, effective April 26, 2016, by mutual agreement of Great Southern Bank and the FDIC.  Based upon the acquisition date fair values of the net assets acquired, no goodwill was recorded.

On October 7, 2011, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with loss share with the FDIC to assume all of the deposits and acquire certain assets of Sun Security Bank, a full service bank headquartered in Ellington, Missouri.

25




The loans and foreclosed assets purchased in the Sun Security Bank transaction were covered by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and Great Southern Bank.  This agreement originally was to extend for ten years for 1-4 family real estate loans and for five years for other loans but was terminated early, effective April 26, 2016, by mutual agreement of Great Southern Bank and the FDIC.  Based upon the acquisition date fair values of the net assets acquired, no goodwill was recorded.

On April 27, 2012, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with loss share with the FDIC to assume all of the deposits and acquire certain assets of Inter Savings Bank, FSB (“InterBank”), a full service bank headquartered in Maple Grove, Minnesota.

The loans and foreclosed assets purchased in the InterBank transaction were covered by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and Great Southern Bank.  This agreement originally was to extend for ten years for 1-4 family real estate loans and for five years for other loans but was terminated early, effective June 9, 2017, by mutual agreement of Great Southern Bank and the FDIC.  Based upon the acquisition date fair values of the net assets acquired, no goodwill was recorded.

On June 20, 2014, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC to purchase a substantial portion of the loans and investment securities, as well as certain other assets, and assume all of the deposits, as well as certain other liabilities, of Valley Bank, a full-service bank headquartered in Moline, Illinois, with significant operations in Iowa.  This transaction did not include a loss sharing agreement.  Based upon the acquisition date fair values of the net assets acquired, no goodwill was recorded.

Loss Sharing Agreements.  The termination of the loss sharing agreements for the TeamBank, Vantus Bank, Sun Security Bank and InterBank transactions has no impact on the yields for the loans that were previously covered under these agreements. All post-termination recoveries, gains, losses and expenses related to these previously covered assets are recognized entirely by Great Southern Bank since the FDIC no longer shares in such gains or losses. Accordingly, the Company’s earnings are positively impacted to the extent the Company recognizes gains on any sales or recoveries in excess of the carrying value of such assets. Similarly, the Company’s earnings are negatively impacted to the extent the Company recognizes expenses, losses or charge-offs related to such assets.

The following table presents the balances of the acquired loans related to the various FDIC-assisted transactions at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

               
Sun Security
             
   
TeamBank
   
Vantus Bank
   
Bank
   
InterBank
   
Valley Bank
 
   
(In Thousands)
       
                               
September 30, 2019
                             
Gross loans receivable
 
$
8,176
   
$
10,958
   
$
18,673
   
$
66,462
   
$
48,853
 
Balance of accretable discount due to change in expected losses
   
(172
)
   
(116
)
   
(464
)
   
(4,778
)
   
(2,290
)
Net carrying value to loans receivable
   
(7,981
)
   
(10,785
)
   
(18,073
)
   
(59,026
)
   
(45,786
)
Expected loss remaining
 
$
23
   
$
57
   
$
136
   
$
2,658
   
$
777
 
                                         
                                         
December 31, 2018
                                       
Gross loans receivable
 
$
10,602
   
$
14,097
   
$
21,171
   
$
85,205
   
$
53,470
 
Balance of accretable discount due to change in expected losses
   
(399
)
   
(58
)
   
(342
)
   
(1,695
)
   
(169
)
Net carrying value to loans receivable
   
(10,106
)
   
(13,809
)
   
(20,171
)
   
(74,436
)
   
(49,124
)
Expected loss remaining
 
$
97
   
$
230
   
$
658
   
$
9,074
   
$
4,177
 
                                         


26




Fair Value and Expected Cash Flows.  At the time of these acquisitions, the Company determined the fair value of the loan portfolios based on several assumptions. Factors considered in the valuations were projected cash flows for the loans, type of loan and related collateral, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan, current discount rates and whether or not the loan was amortizing. Loans were grouped together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation techniques. Management also estimated the amount of credit losses that were expected to be realized for the loan portfolios. The discounted cash flow approach was used to value each pool of loans. For non-performing loans, fair value was estimated by calculating the present value of the recoverable cash flows using a discount rate based on comparable corporate bond rates. This valuation of the acquired loans is a significant component leading to the valuation of the loss sharing assets recorded.

The amount of the estimated cash flows expected to be received from the acquired loan pools in excess of the fair values recorded for the loan pools is referred to as the accretable yield.  The accretable yield is recognized as interest income over the estimated lives of the loans.  The Company continues to evaluate the fair value of the loans including cash flows expected to be collected.  Increases in the Company’s cash flow expectations are recognized as increases to the accretable yield while decreases are recognized as impairments through the allowance for loan losses.  During the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, improvements in expected cash flows (reclassification of discounts from non-accretable to accretable) related to the acquired loan portfolios resulted in adjustments of $5.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively, to the accretable yield to be spread over the estimated remaining lives of the loans on a level-yield basis.  During the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, improvements in expected cash flows (reclassification of discounts from non-accretable to accretable) related to the acquired loan portfolios resulted in adjustments of $10.4 million and $4.0 million, respectively, to the accretable yield to be spread over the estimated remaining lives of the loans on a level-yield basis.

Because the balance of these adjustments to accretable yield will be recognized generally over the remaining lives of the loan pools, they will impact future periods as well.  As of September 30, 2019, the remaining accretable yield adjustment that will affect interest income is $7.9 million.  Of the remaining adjustments affecting interest income, we expect to recognize $1.8 million of interest income during the remainder of 2019.  Additional adjustments may be recorded during the remainder of 2019 from the FDIC-assisted transactions, as the Company continues to estimate expected cash flows from the acquired loan pools.

The impact to income of adjustments on the Company’s financial results is shown below:

   
Three Months Ended
 
Three Months Ended
   
September 30, 2019
 
September 30, 2018
   
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data
   
and Basis Points Data)
                     
Impact on net interest income/
                  
net interest margin (in basis points)
 
$
2,251
 
20bps
 
$
1,424
 
14bps
Net impact to pre-tax income
 
$
2,251
     
$
1,424
   
Net impact net of taxes
 
$
1,738
     
$
1,106
   
Impact to diluted earnings per share
 
$
0.12
     
$
0.08
   

   
Nine Months Ended
 
Nine Months Ended
   
September 30, 2019
 
September 30, 2018
   
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data
   
and Basis Points Data)
                     
Impact on net interest income/
                  
net interest margin (in basis points)
 
$
5,162
 
15bps
 
$
3,652
 
12bps
Net impact to pre-tax income
 
$
5,162
     
$
3,652
   
Net impact net of taxes
 
$
3,985
     
$
2,836
   
Impact to diluted earnings per share
 
$
0.28
     
$
0.20
   

27




Changes in the accretable yield for acquired loan pools were as follows for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018:

               
Sun Security
             
   
TeamBank
   
Vantus Bank
   
Bank
   
InterBank
   
Valley Bank
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                               
Balance, July 1, 2019
 
$
1,350
   
$
1,227
   
$
1,859
   
$
8,465
   
$
5,544
 
Accretion
   
(196
)
   
(259
)
   
(414
)
   
(2,371
)
   
(1,257
)
Change in expected accretable yield(1)
   
(9
)
   
305
     
872
     
2,840
     
1,565
 
                                         
Balance, September 30, 2019
 
$
1,145
   
$
1,273
   
$
2,317
   
$
8,934
   
$
5,852
 
                                         
Balance, July 1, 2018
 
$
1,742
   
$
1,652
   
$
2,055
   
$
5,910
   
$
2,974
 
Accretion
   
(294
)
   
(279
)
   
(399
)
   
(2,293
)
   
(901
)
Change in expected accretable yield(1)
   
103
     
234
     
500
     
2,054
     
578
 
                                         
Balance, September 30, 2018
 
$
1,551
   
$
1,607
   
$
2,156
   
$
5,671
   
$
2,651
 

(1)
Represents increases (decreases) in estimated cash flows expected to be received from the acquired loan pools, partially due to lower estimated credit losses.  The amounts also include changes in expected accretion of the loan pools for TeamBank, Vantus Bank, Sun Security Bank, InterBank and Valley Bank for the three months ended September 30, 2019, totaling $(21,000), $132,000, $565,000, $(644,000) and $482,000, respectively, and for the three months ended September 30, 2018, totaling $103,000, $234,000, $485,000, $604,000 and $578,000, respectively.

               
Sun Security
             
   
TeamBank
   
Vantus Bank
   
Bank
   
InterBank
   
Valley Bank
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                               
Balance, January 1, 2019
 
$
1,356
   
$
1,432
   
$
2,242
   
$
4,994
   
$
3,063
 
Accretion
   
(811
)
   
(738
)
   
(1,195
)
   
(6,350
)
   
(3,243
)
Change in expected
                                       
accretable yield(1)
   
600
     
579
     
1,270
     
10,290
     
6,032
 
                                         
Balance, September 30, 2019
 
$
1,145
   
$
1,273
   
$
2,317
   
$
8,934
   
$
5,852
 
                                         
Balance, January 1, 2018
 
$
2,071
   
$
1,850
   
$
2,901
   
$
5,074
   
$
2,695
 
Accretion
   
(736
)
   
(897
)
   
(1,253
)
   
(5,943
)
   
(3,098
)

                                       
Change in expected accretable yield(1)
   
216
     
654
     
508
     
6,540
     
3,054
 
                                         
Balance, September 30, 2018
 
$
1,551
   
$
1,607
   
$
2,156
   
$
5,671
   
$
2,651
 

(1)
Represents increases in estimated cash flows expected to be received from the acquired loan pools, partially due to lower estimated credit losses.  The amounts also include changes in expected accretion of the loan pools for TeamBank, Vantus Bank, Sun Security Bank, InterBank and Valley Bank for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, totaling $526,000, $406,000, $812,000, $4.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2018, totaling $201,000, $654,000, $318,000, $3.6 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

28




NOTE 8: OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED AND REPOSSESSIONS

Major classifications of other real estate owned were as follows:

   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Foreclosed assets held for sale and repossessions
           
One- to four-family construction
 
$
   
$
 
Subdivision construction
   
755
     
1,092
 
Land development
   
2,594
     
3,191
 
Commercial construction
   
     
 
One- to four-family residential
   
310
     
269
 
Other residential
   
     
 
Commercial real estate
   
     
 
Commercial business
   
     
 
Consumer
   
665
     
928
 
     
4,324
     
5,480
 
Foreclosed assets acquired through FDIC-assisted
               
transactions, net of discounts
   
1,108
     
1,401
 
                 
Foreclosed assets held for sale and repossessions, net
   
5,432
     
6,881
 
                 
Other real estate owned not acquired through foreclosure
   
2,012
     
1,559
 
                 
Other real estate owned and repossessions
 
$
7,444
   
$
8,440
 

At September 30, 2019, other real estate owned not acquired through foreclosure included seven properties, all of which were branch locations that were closed and are held for sale.  One of these properties, with a carrying value of $1.1 million, was added during the three months ended September 30, 2019.  This property is under contract but the sale has not yet been completed. Three properties totaling $682,000, two of which were branch locations that were closed and held for sale and one of which was land acquired for a potential branch location, were sold during the nine months ended September, 30, 2019.

At December 31, 2018, other real estate owned not acquired through foreclosure included nine properties, eight of which were branch locations that were closed and are held for sale, and one of which is land acquired for a potential branch location.

At September 30, 2019, residential mortgage loans totaling $431,000 were in the process of foreclosure, $421,000 of which were acquired loans.  Of the $421,000 of acquired loans, $162,000 were previously covered by loss sharing agreements and $259,000 were acquired in the Valley Bank transaction.

At December 31, 2018, residential mortgage loans totaling $1.3 million were in the process of foreclosure, $1.0 million of which were acquired loans.  Of the $1.0 million of acquired loans, $873,000 were previously covered by loss sharing agreements and $171,000 were acquired in the Valley Bank transaction.

29




Expenses applicable to other real estate owned and repossessions included the following:

   
Three Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Net gains on sales of other real estate owned and repossessions
 
$
(250
)
 
$
(549
)
Valuation write-downs
   
280
     
178
 
Operating expenses, net of rental income
   
573
     
869
 
                 
   
$
603
   
$
498
 

   
Nine Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Net gains on sales of other real estate owned and repossessions
 
$
(659
)
 
$
(1,998
)
Valuation write-downs
   
724
     
3,551
 
Operating expenses, net of rental income
   
1,577
     
2,823
 
                 
   
$
1,642
   
$
4,376
 


NOTE 9: PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Major classifications of premises and equipment, stated at cost, were as follows:
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Land
 
$
40,052
   
$
40,508
 
Buildings and improvements
   
95,387
     
95,039
 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
   
58,076
     
54,327
 
Operating leases right of use asset
   
8,888
     
 
     
202,403
     
189,874
 
Less accumulated depreciation
   
61,176
     
57,450
 
                 
   
$
141,227
   
$
132,424
 

Leases.  The Company adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective transition approach whereby comparative periods were not restated.  The Company also elected certain relief options under the ASU, including the option not to recognize right of use asset and lease liabilities that arise from short-term leases (leases with terms of twelve months or less).  The Company has 17 total lease agreements in which it is the lessee, with lease terms exceeding twelve months, substantially all of which are for branch locations and commercial loan production offices.  All of our lease agreements where we have offsite ATMs are for terms not exceeding twelve months.  Adoption of this ASU resulted in the Company initially recognizing a right of use asset and corresponding lease liability of $9.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019.  The amount of the right of use asset and corresponding lease liability will fluctuate based on the Company’s lease terminations, new leases and lease modifications and renewals. As of September 30, 2019, the lease right to use asset value was $8.9 million and the corresponding lease liability was $9.0 million.

30


All of our leases are classified as operating leases (as they were prior to January 1, 2019), and therefore were previously not recognized on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition.  With the adoption of ASU 2016-02, these operating leases are now included as a right of use asset in the premises and equipment line item on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition.  The corresponding lease liability is included in the accrued expenses and other liabilities line item on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition.  Because these leases are classified as operating leases, the adoption of the new standard did not have a material effect on lease expense on the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

ASU 2016-02 provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company has elected the “package of practical expedients,” which permits the Company not to reassess under the new standard the prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. The Company also elected the use of the hindsight, a practical expedient which permits the use of information available after lease inception to determine the lease term via the knowledge of renewal options exercised not available as of the lease’s inception.  The practical expedient pertaining to land easements is not applicable to the Company.  

ASU 2016-02 also requires certain other accounting elections.  The Company elected the short-term lease recognition exemption for all leases that qualify, meaning those with terms under twelve months.  Right of use assets or lease liabilities are not to be recognized for short-term leases. The Company also elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for all leases.   The Company’s short-term leases related to offsite ATMs have both fixed and variable lease payment components, based on the number of transactions at the various ATMs.  The variable portion of these lease payments is not material and the total lease expense related to ATMs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, was $71,000 and $221,000, respectively.

The calculated amounts of the right of use assets and lease liabilities in the table below are impacted by the length of the lease term and the discount rate used to present value the minimum lease payments. The Company’s lease agreements often include one or more options to renew at the Company’s discretion. If at lease inception, the Company considers the exercising of a renewal option to be reasonably certain, the Company will include the extended term in the calculation of the right of use asset and lease liability. Regarding the discount rate, the ASU requires the use of the rate implicit in the lease whenever this rate is readily determinable. As this rate is rarely determinable, the Company utilizes its incremental borrowing rate at lease inception over a similar term. The discount rate utilized was the FHLBank borrowing rate for the term corresponding to the expected term of the lease.  The expected lease terms range from 3.3 years to 19.9 years with a weighted-average lease term of 11.1 years.  The weighted-average discount rate was 3.40%.

   
At or For the
   
At or For the
 
   
Three Months Ended
   
Nine Months Ended
 
   
September 30, 2019
   
September 30, 2019
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Statement of Financial Condition
           
Operating leases right of use asset
 
$
8,888
   
$
8,888
 
Operating leases liability
 
$
8,952
   
$
8,952
 
                 
Statement of Income
               
Operating lease costs classified as occupancy and equipment expense
 
$
344
   
$
1,092
 
(includes short-term lease costs and amortization of right of use asset)
               
                 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
               
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
               
Operating cash flows from operating leases
 
$
326
   
$
1,028
 
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
               
Operating leases
         
$
9,538
 

31




For the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, lease expense was $344,000 and $261,000, respectively.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, lease expense was $1.1 million and $915,000, respectively.  At September 30, 2019, future expected lease payments for leases with terms exceeding one year were as follows (in thousands):

2019
 
$
357
 
2020
   
1,132
 
2021
   
1,148
 
2022
   
1,131
 
2023
   
1,082
 
2024
   
956
 
Thereafter
   
5,026
 
         
Future lease payments expected
   
10,832
 
         
Less interest portion of lease payments
   
(1,880
)
         
Lease liability
 
$
8,952
 

The Company does not sublease any of its leased facilities; however, it does lease to other third parties portions of facilities that it owns.  In terms of being the lessor in these circumstances, all of these lease agreements are classified as operating leases.  In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, income recognized from these lessor agreements was $289,000 and $849,000, respectively, and was included in occupancy and equipment expense.


NOTE 10: DEPOSITS

   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Time Deposits:
           
0.00% - 0.99%
 
$
123,801
   
$
150,656
 
1.00% - 1.99%
   
259,212
     
511,873
 
2.00% - 2.99%
   
1,268,956
     
857,973
 
3.00% - 3.99%
   
74,566
     
69,793
 
4.00% - 4.99%
   
1,028
     
1,116
 
Total time deposits (weighted average rate 2.21% and 1.98%)
   
1,727,563
     
1,591,411
 
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits
   
675,023
     
661,061
 
Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits (weighted average rate 0.55% and 0.46%)
   
1,532,568
     
1,472,535
 
Total Deposits
 
$
3,935,154
   
$
3,725,007
 


NOTE 11: ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK

At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no outstanding term advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (FHLBank advances).  There were overnight funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines, which are included below in Note 12.


32





NOTE 12: SECURITIES SOLD UNDER REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

   
September 30, 2019
   
December 31, 2018
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Notes payable – Community Development Equity Funds
 
$
1,316
   
$
1,625
 
Other interest-bearing liabilities
   
36,500
     
13,100
 
Overnight borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank
   
153,300
     
178,000
 
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements
   
102,569
     
105,253
 
                 
   
$
293,685
   
$
297,978
 

The Bank enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase (reverse repurchase agreements).  Reverse repurchase agreements are treated as financings, and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the statements of financial condition.  The dollar amount of securities underlying the agreements remains in the asset accounts.  Securities underlying the agreements are being held by the Bank during the agreement period.  All agreements are written on a term of one month or less.

At both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, other interest-bearing liabilities consisted of cash collateral held by the Company to satisfy minimum collateral posting thresholds with its derivative dealer counterparties representing the termination value of derivatives, which at such time were in a net asset position.  Under the collateral agreements between the parties, either party may choose to provide cash or securities to satisfy its collateral requirements.

The following table represents the Company’s securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements, by collateral type and remaining contractual maturity.

   
September 30,
2019
   
December 31,
2018
 
   
Overnight and
   
Overnight and
 
   
Continuous
   
Continuous
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Mortgage-backed securities – GNMA, FNMA, FHLMC
 
$
102,569
   
$
105,253
 
                 

NOTE 13: SUBORDINATED NOTES

On August 8, 2016, the Company completed the public offering and sale of $75.0 million of its subordinated notes.  The notes are due August 15, 2026, and have a fixed interest rate of 5.25% until August 15, 2021, at which time the rate becomes floating at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.087%.  The Company may call the notes at par beginning on August 15, 2021, and on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter.  The notes were sold at par, resulting in net proceeds, after underwriting discounts and commissions, legal, accounting and other professional fees, of approximately $73.5 million.  Total debt issuance costs of approximately $1.5 million were deferred and are being amortized over the expected life of the notes, which is five years.  Amortization of the debt issuance costs during the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, totaled $109,000 and $38,000, respectively, and is included in interest expense on subordinated notes in the consolidated statements of income, resulting in an imputed interest rate of 5.90%.  Amortization of the debt issuance costs during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, totaled $326,000 and $116,000, respectively, and is included in interest expense on subordinated notes in the consolidated statements of income, resulting in an imputed interest rate of 5.90%.

At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, subordinated notes are summarized as follows:

   
September 30,
2019
   
December 31,
2018
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Subordinated notes
 
$
75,000
   
$
75,000
 
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs
   
832
     
1,158
 
   
$
74,168
   
$
73,842
 


33




NOTE 14: INCOME TAXES

Reconciliations of the Company’s effective tax rates to the statutory corporate tax rates were as follows:

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
             
Tax at statutory rate
   
21.0
%
   
21.0
%
Nontaxable interest and dividends
   
(0.5
)
   
(0.5
)
Tax credits
   
(3.9
)
   
(2.2
)
State taxes
   
1.0
     
1.2
 
Other
   
(0.1
)
   
---
 
     
17.5
%
   
19.5
%

   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
             
Tax at statutory rate
   
21.0
%
   
21.0
%
Nontaxable interest and dividends
   
(0.5
)
   
(0.7
)
Tax credits
   
(4.2
)
   
(3.2
)
State taxes
   
1.2
     
1.2
 
Other
   
0.1
     
(0.1
)
     
17.6
%
   
18.2
%

The TCJ Act was signed into law on December 22, 2017, making several changes to U. S. corporate income tax laws, including reducing the corporate Federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2018.  U. S. GAAP requires that the impact of the provisions of the TCJ Act be accounted for in the period of enactment. The Company recognized the income tax effects of the TCJ Act in its 2017 financial statements. The TCJ Act is complex and required significant detailed analysis.  During the preparation of the Company’s 2017 income tax returns in 2018, no additional adjustments related to enactment of the TCJ Act were identified.

The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries have not been audited recently by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and, as such, tax years through December 31, 2005, have been closed without audit.  The Company, through one of its subsidiaries, is a partner in two partnerships which have been under Internal Revenue Service examination for 2006 and 2007.  As a result, the Company’s 2006 and subsequent tax years remain open for examination.  The examinations of these partnerships advanced during 2016, 2017, and 2018.  One of the partnerships has advanced to Tax Court and has entered a Motion for Entry of Decision with an agreed upon settlement.  The other partnership examination was recently completed by the IRS with no change impacting the Company’s tax positions.  The Company does not currently expect significant adjustments to its financial statements from the partnership matter at the Tax Court.

The Company is currently under State of Missouri income and franchise tax examinations for its 2014 through 2015 tax years.  The Company does not currently expect significant adjustments to its financial statements from this state examination.

34





NOTE 15: DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  Topic 820 also specifies a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.  The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1): Inputs that are quoted unadjusted prices in active markets for identical assets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. An active market for the asset is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Other observable inputs (Level 2): Inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity including quoted prices for similar assets, quoted prices for securities in inactive markets and inputs derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3): Inputs that reflect assumptions of a source independent of the reporting entity or the reporting entity's own assumptions that are supported by little or no market activity or observable inputs.

Financial instruments are broken down as follows by recurring or nonrecurring measurement status. Recurring assets are initially measured at fair value and are required to be re-measured at fair value in the financial statements at each reporting date. Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis are assets that, due to an event or circumstance, were required to be re-measured at fair value after initial recognition in the financial statements at some time during the reporting period.

The Company considers transfers between the levels of the hierarchy to be recognized at the end of related reporting periods.  From December 31, 2018 to September 30, 2019, no assets for which fair value is measured on a recurring basis transferred between any levels of the hierarchy.







35




Recurring Measurements

The following table presents the fair value measurements of assets recognized in the accompanying statements of financial condition measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fell at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018:

         
Fair value measurements using
 
         
Quoted prices
             
         
in active
             
         
markets
   
Other
   
Significant
 
         
for identical
   
observable
   
unobservable
 
         
assets
   
inputs
   
inputs
 
   
Fair value
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                         
September 30, 2019
                       
Agency mortgage-backed securities
 
$
197,833
   
$
   
$
197,833
   
$
 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
   
114,436
     
     
114,436
     
 
States and political subdivisions
   
36,751
     
     
36,751
     
 
Interest rate derivative asset
   
38,015
     
     
38,015
     
 
Interest rate derivative liability
   
(1,763
)
   
     
(1,763
)
   
 
                                 
December 31, 2018
                               
Agency mortgage-backed securities
 
$
153,258
   
$
   
$
153,258
   
$
 
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
   
39,260
     
     
39,260
     
 
States and political subdivisions
   
51,450
     
     
51,450
     
 
Interest rate derivative asset
   
12,800
     
     
12,800
     
 
Interest rate derivative liability
   
(716
)
   
     
(716
)
   
 

The following is a description of inputs and valuation methodologies used for assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying statements of financial condition at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.  There have been no significant changes in the valuation techniques during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2019.  For assets classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the process used to develop the reported fair value is described below.

Available-for-Sale Securities. Investment securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair values used by the Company are obtained from an independent pricing service, which represent either quoted market prices for the identical asset or fair values determined by pricing models, or other model-based valuation techniques, that consider observable market data, such as interest rate volatilities, LIBOR yield curve, credit spreads and prices from market makers and live trading systems.  Recurring Level 2 securities include U.S. government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, state and municipal bonds and certain other investments. Inputs used for valuing Level 2 securities include observable data that may include dealer quotes, benchmark yields, market spreads, live trading levels and market consensus prepayment speeds, among other things. Additional inputs include indicative values derived from the independent pricing service’s proprietary computerized models.  There were no recurring Level 3 securities at September 30, 2019 or December 31, 2018.

Interest Rate Derivatives. The fair value is estimated using forward-looking interest rate curves and is determined using observable market rates and, therefore, are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

36




Nonrecurring Measurements

The following tables present the fair value measurements of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018:


         
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
         
Quoted prices
             
         
in active
             
         
markets
   
Other
   
Significant
 
         
for identical
   
observable
   
unobservable
 
         
assets
   
inputs
   
inputs
 
   
Fair value
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                         
September 30, 2019
                       
Impaired loans
 
$
759
   
$
   
$
   
$
759
 
                                 
Foreclosed assets held for sale
 
$
1,017
   
$
   
$
   
$
1,017
 
                                 
December 31, 2018
                               
Impaired loans
 
$
2,805
   
$
   
$
   
$
2,805
 
                                 
Foreclosed assets held for sale
 
$
1,776
   
$
   
$
   
$
1,776
 

The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and recognized in the accompanying statements of financial condition, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.  For assets classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the process used to develop the reported fair value is described below.

Loans Held for Sale.  Mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of carrying value or fair value.  The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics.  As such, the Company classifies mortgage loans held for sale as Nonrecurring Level 2.  Write-downs to fair value typically do not occur as the Company generally enters into commitments to sell individual mortgage loans at the time the loan is originated to reduce market risk.  The Company typically does not have commercial loans held for sale.  At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the aggregate fair value of mortgage loans held for sale exceeded their cost.  Accordingly, no mortgage loans held for sale were marked down and reported at fair value.

Impaired Loans.  A loan is considered to be impaired when it is probable that all of the principal and interest due may not be collected according to its contractual terms. Generally, when a loan is considered impaired, the amount of reserve required under FASB ASC 310, Receivables, is measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. The Company makes such measurements on all material loans deemed impaired using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans. The fair value of collateral used by the Company is determined by obtaining an observable market price or by obtaining an appraised value from an independent, licensed or certified appraiser, using observable market data. This data includes information such as property sales comparisons and capitalization rates of similar properties sold within the market, expected future cash flows or earnings of the subject property based on current market expectations, and other relevant factors. All appraised values are adjusted for market-related trends based on the Company’s experience in sales and other appraisals of similar property types as well as estimated selling costs.  Each quarter, management reviews all collateral dependent impaired loans on a loan-by-loan basis to determine whether updated appraisals are necessary based on loan performance, collateral type and guarantor support.  At times, the Company measures the fair value of collateral dependent impaired loans using
37




appraisals with dates prior to one year from the date of review.  These appraisals are discounted by applying current, observable market data about similar property types such as sales contracts, estimations of value by individuals familiar with the market, other appraisals, sales or collateral assessments based on current market activity until updated appraisals are obtained.  Depending on the length of time since an appraisal was performed and the data provided through our reviews, these appraisals are typically discounted 10-40%.  The policy described above is the same for all types of collateral dependent impaired loans secured by real estate.

The Company records impaired loans as Nonrecurring Level 3. If a loan’s fair value as estimated by the Company is less than its carrying value, the Company either records a charge-off of the portion of the loan that exceeds the fair value or establishes a reserve within the allowance for loan losses specific to the loan.  Loans for which such charge-offs or reserves were recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 or the year ended December 31, 2018, are shown in the table above (net of reserves).

Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale.  Foreclosed assets held for sale are initially recorded at fair value less estimated cost to sell at the date of foreclosure.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated cost to sell.  Foreclosed assets held for sale are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.  The foreclosed assets represented in the table above have been re-measured during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 or the year ended December 31, 2018, subsequent to their initial transfer to foreclosed assets.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of all other financial instruments recognized in the accompanying statements of financial condition at amounts other than fair value.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock. The carrying amount approximates fair value.

Loans and Interest Receivable.  The fair value of loans is estimated on an exit price basis incorporating contractual cash flows, prepayments, discount spreads, credit losses and liquidity premiums.  Loans with similar characteristics were aggregated for purposes of the calculations.  The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value.

Deposits and Accrued Interest Payable.  The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date, i.e., their carrying amounts.  The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation using the average advances yield curve from 11 districts of the FHLB for the as of date.  The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.

Short-Term Borrowings.  The carrying amount approximates fair value.

Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trusts.  The subordinated debentures have floating rates that reset quarterly.  The carrying amount of these debentures approximates their fair value.

Subordinated Notes.  The fair values used by the Company are obtained from independent sources and are derived from quoted market prices of the Company’s subordinated notes and quoted market prices of other subordinated debt instruments with similar characteristics.

Commitments to Originate Loans, Letters of Credit and Lines of Credit.  The fair value of commitments is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.  For fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.  The fair value of letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.

38




The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments not recorded at fair value on the statements of financial condition.  The fair values of certain of these instruments were calculated by discounting expected cash flows, which method involves significant judgments by management and uncertainties.  Fair value is the estimated amount at which financial assets or liabilities could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.  Because no market exists for certain of these financial instruments and because management does not intend to sell these financial instruments, the Company does not know whether the fair values shown below represent values at which the respective financial instruments could be sold individually or in the aggregate.

   
September 30, 2019
   
December 31, 2018
 
   
Carrying
   
Fair
   
Hierarchy
   
Carrying
   
Fair
   
Hierarchy
 
   
Amount
   
Value
   
Level
   
Amount
   
Value
   
Level
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                                     
Financial assets
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
190,877
   
$
190,877
     
1
   
$
202,742
   
$
202,742
     
1
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
   
10,819
     
10,819
     
2
     
1,650
     
1,650
     
2
 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
   
4,156,703
     
4,142,471
     
3
     
3,989,001
     
3,955,786
     
3
 
Accrued interest receivable
   
13,701
     
13,701
     
3
     
13,448
     
13,448
     
3
 
Investment in FHLBank stock
   
11,765
     
11,765
     
3
     
12,438
     
12,438
     
3
 
                                                 
Financial liabilities
                                               
Deposits
   
3,935,154
     
3,938,942
     
3
     
3,725,007
     
3,717,899
     
3
 
Short-term borrowings
   
293,685
     
293,685
     
3
     
297,978
     
297,978
     
3
 
Subordinated debentures
   
25,774
     
25,774
     
3
     
25,774
     
25,774
     
3
 
Subordinated notes
   
74,168
     
76,875
     
2
     
73,842
     
75,188
     
2
 
Accrued interest payable
   
3,119
     
3,119
     
3
     
3,570
     
3,570
     
3
 
                                                 
Unrecognized financial instruments (net
                                               
of contractual value)
                                               
Commitments to originate loans
   
     
     
3
     
     
     
3
 
Letters of credit
   
97
     
97
     
3
     
146
     
146
     
3
 
Lines of credit
   
     
     
3
     
     
     
3
 



NOTE 16:  DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions.  The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities.  The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of its assets and liabilities.  In the normal course of business, the Company may use derivative financial instruments (primarily interest rate swaps) from time to time to assist in its interest rate risk management.  The Company has interest rate derivatives that result from a service provided to certain qualifying loan customers that are not used to manage interest rate risk in the Company’s assets or liabilities and are not designated in a qualifying hedging relationship.  The Company manages a matched book with respect to its derivative instruments in order to minimize its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.  In addition, the Company has interest rate derivatives that are designated in a qualified hedging relationship.

39




Nondesignated Hedges

The Company has interest rate swaps that are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships.  Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company provides to certain loan customers, which the Company began offering during 2011.  The Company executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies.  Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously hedged by offsetting interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.  As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings.

As part of the Valley Bank FDIC-assisted acquisition, the Company acquired seven loans with related interest rate swaps.  Valley’s swap program differed from the Company’s in that Valley did not have back to back swaps with the customer and a counterparty.  Five of the seven acquired loans with interest rate swaps have paid off.  The aggregate notional amount of the two remaining Valley swaps was $705,000 at September 30, 2019.  At September 30, 2019, excluding the Valley Bank swaps, the Company had 18 interest rate swaps totaling $85.9 million in notional amount with commercial customers, and 18 interest rate swaps with the same aggregate notional amount with third parties related to its program.  In addition, the Company has four participation loans purchased totaling $39.4 million, in which the lead institution has an interest rate swap with its customer and the economics of the counterparty swap are passed along to the Company through the loan participation.  At December 31, 2018, excluding the Valley Bank swaps, the Company had 18 interest rate swaps totaling $78.5 million in notional amount with commercial customers, and 18 interest rate swaps with the same aggregate notional amount with third parties related to its program.  During the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized net gains (losses) of $(101,000) and $5,000, respectively, in noninterest income related to changes in the fair value of these swaps.  During the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized net gains (losses) of $(169,000) and $53,000, respectively, in noninterest income related to changes in the fair value of these swaps.

Cash Flow Hedges

Interest Rate Swap.  As a strategy to maintain acceptable levels of exposure to the risk of changes in future cash flows due to interest rate fluctuations, in October 2018, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction as part of its ongoing interest rate management strategies to hedge the risk of its floating rate loans.  The notional amount of the swap is $400 million with a termination date of October 6, 2025.  Under the terms of the swap, the Company receives a fixed rate of interest of 3.018% and pays a floating rate of interest equal to one-month USD-LIBOR.  The floating rate resets monthly and net settlements of interest due to/from the counterparty also occur monthly.  The floating rate of interest was 2.04213% as of September 30, 2019.  Therefore, in the near term, the Company will receive net interest settlements which will be recorded as loan interest income, to the extent that the fixed rate of interest continues to exceed one-month USD-LIBOR.  If one-month USD-LIBOR exceeds the fixed rate of interest in future periods, the Company will be required to pay net settlements to the counterparty and will record those net payments as a reduction of interest income on loans.  The Company recorded interest income related to this swap transaction of $801,000 and $1.9 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively.  The effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affected earnings.  Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.  During both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company recognized $-0- in noninterest income related to changes in the fair value of this derivative.


40




The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition:


Location in
 
Fair Value
 

Consolidated Statements
 
September 30,
   
December 31,
 

of Financial Condition
 
2019
   
2018
 

   
(In Thousands)
 
Derivatives designated as
             
  hedging instruments
             
Interest rate swap
Prepaid expenses and other assets
 
$
36,444
   
$
12,106
 
                   
Total derivatives designated
                 
  as hedging instruments
   
$
36,444
   
$
12,106
 
                   
Derivatives not designated
                 
  as hedging instruments
                 
                   
Asset Derivatives
                 
Interest rate products
Prepaid expenses and other assets
 
$
1,571
   
$
694
 
                   
Total derivatives not designated
                 
  as hedging instruments
   
$
1,571
   
$
694
 
                   
Liability Derivatives
                 
Interest rate products
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
 
$
1,763
   
$
716
 
                   
Total derivatives not designated
                 
as hedging instruments
   
$
1,763
   
$
716
 



The following table presents the effect of cash flow hedge accounting on the statements of comprehensive income:

   
Amount of Gain (Loss)
 
   
Recognized in AOCI
 
   
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
2019
   
2018
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Interest rate swap, net of income taxes
 
$
4,461
   
$
 
                 

   
Amount of Gain (Loss)
 
   
Recognized in AOCI
 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
2019
   
2018
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Interest rate swap, net of income taxes
 
$
18,789
   
$
 
                 

41




The following table presents the effect of cash flow hedge accounting on the statements of operations:


 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
2019
   
2018
 
                         
   
Interest Income
   
Interest Expense
   
Interest Income
   
Interest Expense
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                         
Interest rate swap
 
$
801
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
                                 


 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
2019
   
2018
 
                         
   
Interest Income
   
Interest Expense
   
Interest Income
   
Interest Expense
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                         
Interest rate swap
 
$
1,881
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
                                 

Agreements with Derivative Counterparties

The Company has agreements with its derivative counterparties.  If the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.  If the Bank fails to maintain its status as a well-capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and the Company would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements.  Similarly, the Company could be required to settle its obligations under certain of its agreements if certain regulatory events occur, such as the issuance of a formal directive, or if the Company’s credit rating is downgraded below a specified level.

As of September 30, 2019, the termination value of derivatives with our derivative dealer counterparties (related to loan level swaps with commercial lending customers) in a net liability position, which included accrued interest but excluded any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $1.6 million.  In addition, as of September 30, 2019, the termination value of derivatives with our derivative dealer counterparty (related to the balance sheet hedge commenced in October 2018) in a net asset position, which included accrued interest but excluded any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $36.4 million.  The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with its derivative dealer counterparties.  At September 30, 2019, the Company’s activity with one of its derivative counterparties met the level at which the minimum collateral posting thresholds take effect (collateral to be received by the Company) and the derivative counterparties had posted collateral of $36.5 million to the Company to satisfy the balance sheet hedge.   Additionally, the Company’s activity with one of its derivative counterparties met the level at which the minimum collateral posting thresholds take effect (collateral to be given by the Company) and the Company had posted collateral of $1.2 million to the derivative counterparties to satisfy the loan level agreements.  As of December 31, 2018, the termination value of derivatives with our derivative dealer counterparties (related to loan level swaps with commercial lending customers) in a net asset position, which included accrued interest but excluded any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $396,000.  In addition, as of December 31, 2018, the termination value of derivatives with our derivative dealer counterparty (related to the balance sheet hedge commenced in October 2018) in a net asset position, which included accrued interest but excluded any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $12.3 million.  The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with its derivative dealer counterparties.  At December 31, 2018, the Company’s activity with certain of its derivative counterparties met the level at which the minimum collateral posting thresholds take effect (collateral to be received by the Company) and the derivative counterparties had posted collateral of $704,000 to the Company to satisfy the loan level agreements and collateral of $12.8 million to the Company to satisfy the balance sheet hedge.
42



ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Forward-looking Statements

When used in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and other documents filed or furnished by Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), in the Company's press releases or other public or stockholder communications, and in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases "will likely result," "are expected to," "will continue," "is anticipated," "estimate," "project," "intends" or similar expressions are intended to identify "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including, among other things, (i) expected revenues, cost savings, earnings accretion, synergies and other benefits from the Company's merger and acquisition activities might not be realized within the anticipated time frames or at all, and costs or difficulties relating to integration matters, including but not limited to customer and employee retention, might be greater than expected; (ii) changes in economic conditions, either nationally or in the Company's market areas; (iii) fluctuations in interest rates; (iv) the risks of lending and investing activities, including changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses; (v) the possibility of other-than-temporary impairments of securities held in the Company's securities portfolio; (vi) the Company's ability to access cost-effective funding; (vii) fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions; (viii) demand for loans and deposits in the Company's market areas; (ix) the ability to adapt successfully to technological changes to meet customers' needs and developments in the marketplace; (x) the possibility that security measures implemented might not be sufficient to mitigate the risk of a cyber-attack or cyber theft, and that such security measures might not protect against systems failures or interruptions; (xi) legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect the Company's business, including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and its implementing regulations, the overdraft protection regulations and customers' responses thereto and the Tax Reform Legislation; (xii) changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines; (xiii) monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal Reserve Board and the U.S. Government and other governmental initiatives affecting the financial services industry; (xiv) results of examinations of the Company and Great Southern Bank by their regulators, including the possibility that the regulators may, among other things, require the Company to limit its business activities, change its business mix, increase its allowance for loan losses, write-down assets or increase its capital levels, or affect its ability to borrow funds or maintain or increase deposits, which could adversely affect its liquidity and earnings; (xv) costs and effects of litigation, including settlements and judgments; and (xvi) competition. The Company wishes to advise readers that the factors listed above and other risks described from time to time in documents filed or furnished by the Company with the SEC could affect the Company's financial performance and could cause the Company's actual results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods in any current statements.

The Company does not undertake -and specifically declines any obligation- to publicly release the result of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and general practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

43




Allowance for Loan Losses and Valuation of Foreclosed Assets

The Company believes that the determination of the allowance for loan losses involves a higher degree of judgment and complexity than its other significant accounting policies. The allowance for loan losses is calculated with the objective of maintaining an allowance level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated loan losses. Management's determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan portfolio and other relevant factors. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates of, among other things, expected default probabilities, loss once loans default, expected commitment usage, the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, value of collateral, estimated losses, and general amounts for historical loss experience.

The process also considers economic conditions, uncertainties in estimating losses and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. All of these factors may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan losses may be required, which would adversely impact earnings. In addition, the Bank’s regulators could require additional provisions for loan losses as part of their examination process.

See Note 6 “Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses” included in Item 1 for additional information regarding the allowance for loan losses. Inherent in this process is the evaluation of individual significant credit relationships. From time to time certain credit relationships may deteriorate due to payment performance, cash flow of the borrower, value of the collateral, or other factors. In these instances, management may revise its loss estimates and assumptions for these specific credits due to changing circumstances. In some cases, additional losses may be realized; in other instances, the factors that led to the deterioration may improve or the credit may be refinanced elsewhere and allocated allowances may be released from the particular credit.  No significant changes were made to management's overall methodology for evaluating the allowance for loan losses during the periods presented in the financial statements of this report.

In the three months ending March 31, 2020, the Company will adopt ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), which requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected future credit losses. The Company previously formed a cross-functional committee to oversee the system, data, reporting and other considerations for purposes of meeting the requirements of this standard.  Data and system needs were assessed.  As a result, third-party software was acquired and implemented to manage the data.  We have completed the upload of the necessary historical loan data to the software that will be used in meeting certain requirements of this standard.  Our loss data covers multiple credit cycles back to 2003.  Parallel testing of the new methodology compared to the current methodology has been performed throughout 2019 and the Company continues to evaluate the impact of adopting the new guidance.  The Company engaged a third party to perform validation of the accuracy of inputs into the model.  This review was completed about September 30, 2019.  The Company expects to recognize a one-time cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings (net of applicable taxes), the allowance for loan losses (related to the carrying value of loans receivable) and other liabilities (related to the unfunded portion of loans and loan commitments), but cannot yet determine the exact amount of any such one-time adjustment, or the overall impact of the new guidance on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  Based on the current modeling results, we anticipate that the one-time cumulative effect adjustment will be two to three percent of total stockholders’ equity.

In addition, the Company believes that the determination of the valuations of foreclosed assets held for sale involves a high degree of judgment and complexity. The carrying value of foreclosed assets reflects management’s best estimate of the amount to be realized from the sales of the assets.  While the estimate is generally based on a valuation by an independent appraiser or recent sales of similar properties, the amount that the Company realizes from the sales of the assets could differ materially from the carrying value reflected in the financial statements, resulting in losses that could adversely impact earnings in future periods.

44




Carrying Value of Loans Acquired in FDIC-assisted Transactions

The Company believes that the determination of the carrying value of loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions involves a high degree of judgment and complexity. The carrying value of the acquired loans reflects management’s best ongoing estimates of the amounts to be realized on each of these assets. The Company has now terminated all loss sharing agreements with the FDIC and, accordingly, no longer has an indemnification asset.  The Company determined initial fair value accounting estimates of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities in accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations. However, the amount that the Company realizes on its acquired loan assets could differ materially from the carrying value reflected in its financial statements, based upon the timing of collections on the acquired loans in future periods. Subsequent to the initial valuation, the Company continues to monitor identified loan pools for changes in estimated cash flows projected for the loan pools, anticipated credit losses and changes in the accretable yield.  Analysis of these variables requires significant estimates and a high degree of judgment.  See Note 7 “FDIC-Acquired Loans” included in Item 1 for additional information regarding the TeamBank, Vantus Bank, Sun Security Bank, InterBank and Valley Bank FDIC-assisted transactions.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are subject to an impairment test at least annually and more frequently if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for impairment using a process that estimates the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units compared with its carrying value. The Company defines reporting units as a level below each of its operating segments for which there is discrete financial information that is regularly reviewed. As of September 30, 2019, the Company had one reporting unit to which goodwill has been allocated – the Bank.  If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, then no impairment is recorded. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, further testing is completed comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value to measure the amount of impairment. Intangible assets that are not amortized must be tested for impairment at least annually by comparing the fair values of those assets to their carrying values. At September 30, 2019, goodwill consisted of $5.4 million at the Bank reporting unit, which included goodwill of $4.2 million that was recorded during 2016 related to the acquisition of 12 branches from Fifth Third Bank.  Other identifiable intangible assets that are subject to amortization are amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of seven years. At September 30, 2019, the amortizable intangible assets consisted of core deposit intangibles of $3.0 million, which are reflected in the table below.  These amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable based on a comparison of fair value.

While the Company believes no impairment of its goodwill or other intangible assets existed at September 30, 2019, different conditions or assumptions used to measure fair value of reporting units, or changes in cash flows or profitability, if significantly negative or unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the outcome of the Company’s impairment evaluation in the future.

A summary of goodwill and intangible assets is as follows:

   
September 30,
2019
   
December 31,
2018
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Goodwill – Branch acquisitions
 
$
5,396
   
$
5,396
 
Deposit intangibles
               
InterBank
   
     
36
 
Boulevard Bank
   
183
     
275
 
Valley Bank
   
700
     
1,000
 
Fifth Third Bank
   
2,107
     
2,581
 
     
2,990
     
3,892
 
   
$
8,386
   
$
9,288
 

45




Current Economic Conditions

Changes in economic conditions could cause the values of assets and liabilities recorded in the financial statements to change rapidly, resulting in material future adjustments in asset values, the allowance for loan losses, or capital that could negatively impact the Company’s ability to meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity.

Following the housing and mortgage crisis and correction beginning in mid-2007, the United States entered a prolonged economic downturn.  Unemployment rose from 4.7% in November 2007 to peak at 10.0% in October 2009.  The elevated unemployment levels negatively impacted consumer confidence, which had a detrimental impact on industry-wide performance nationally as well as in the Company's Midwest market area.  Economic conditions have significantly improved since then, as indicated by consumer confidence levels, increased economic activity and low unemployment levels.

In September 2019, the economy broke the record for the longest period of economic growth in US history.  After slower job growth reported in previous months pointed to an economic downturn, the job market improved with 136,000 new jobs added in September.  The national unemployment rate declined by 0.2% to 3.5%.That rate compares to a 3.7% rate at September 2018 and is still the lowest rate of unemployed Americans recorded since December 1969.  Employment in health care and in professional and business services continued to trend up.  In September 2019, the U.S. labor force participation rate (the share of working-age Americans who were employed or actively looking for a job) was 63.2% and the employment population ratio was 61.0%, with both ratios changing little over the past few months. The unemployment rate for the Midwest, where most of the Company’s business is conducted, remained stable and in-line the national average at 3.6% in September 2019.  Unemployment rates for September 2019 were:  Missouri at 3.1%, Arkansas at 3.5%, Kansas at 3.2%, Iowa at 2.5%, Minnesota at 3.2%, Illinois at 3.9%, Oklahoma at 3.2%, Texas at 3.4%, Georgia at 3.5% and Colorado at 2.7%.  Of the metropolitan areas in which the Company does business, the Chicago area had the highest unemployment level at 3.7% as of August 2019.  This rate has improved significantly since the 4.9% rate reported as of December 2017.  The unemployment rates for the Springfield and St. Louis market areas at 3.2% and 3.3%, respectively, and maintained below the national average.  Metropolitan areas in Iowa, Missouri, Nebraska and Minnesota continued to boast unemployment levels amongst the lowest in the nation.

Sales of newly built single-family homes for September 2019 were at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 701,000 according to U.S. Census Bureau and the Department of Housing and Urban Development estimates.  This is 0.7% below the revised August 2019 seasonally adjusted annual rate of 706,000, and is 15.5% above the September 2018 seasonally adjusted annual rate of 607,000.  The median sales price of new houses sold in September 2019 was $299,400, down from $328,300 a year earlier.  The September 2019 average sales price of $362,700 was down slightly from $386,400 a year ago.  The inventory of new homes for sale at the end of September 2019 would support 5.5 months’ supply at the current sales pace, down from 6.4 months in September 2018.

Existing-home sales receded in September 2019 as total sales saw a small decline following two consecutive months of gains, according to the National Association of Realtors (NAR). Total existing home sales decreased 2.2% from August 2019 to a seasonally adjusted rate of 5.28 million in September 2019.  Overall sales are up 3.9% from a year ago.  Total housing inventory at the end of September 2019 was at 1.83 million, approximately equal to the amount of existing-homes available for sale in August 2019, but a 2.7% decrease from 1.88 million a year ago.  Unsold inventory is at a 4.1-month supply at the current sales pace, up from 4.0 months’ supply in August 2019 and down from the 4.4-month figure recorded in September 2018.

The median existing home price for all housing types in September 2019 was $272,100, up 5.9% from September 2018. September’s price increase marks the 91th straight month of year-over-year gains.  In the Midwest region, existing home median sale price was $213,500, which is up 7.2% from a year ago. First-time buyers accounted for 33% of sales in September 2019, up slightly from 31% the prior month and 32% a year ago.

According to Freddie Mac, the average commitment rate for a 30-year, conventional, fixed-rate mortgage decreased to 3.61% in September 2019, down from 3.62% in August 2019. The average commitment rate for all of 2018 was 4.54% up from 3.99% for 2017.
46




The multi-family sector rebounded in 2017 and 2018, with demand approaching the highest level on record. National vacancy rates were 5.8% at the end of September 2019 while our market areas reflected the following vacancy levels: Springfield, Mo. at 5.2%, St. Louis at 8.5%, Kansas City at 6.6%, Minneapolis at 4.4%, Tulsa, Okla. at 9.0%, Dallas-Fort Worth at 7.8%, Chicago at 6.1%, Atlanta at 8.0% and Denver at 7.3%. Rent growth picked up in recent months and demand has increased at a steady rate supported by the strong economy.  Vacancy rates have increased somewhat in a few of our markets partially due to the volume of units coming on-line. Developers continue to favor more expensive submarkets.  Transaction volume has slowed, but pricing has remained on an upward trajectory.  Cap rates are still at low levels. Continued increase in the homeownership rate is the largest risk to the apartment sector.  Despite the decline in affordability and rigid mortgage origination standards, about two-thirds of consumers still believe now is a good time to buy a home, according to a recent University of Michigan consumer survey. The homeownership rate has risen by more than a percentage point since 2016, to 64.2% in 2019. Per information provided by Integra IRR Viewpoint, all of the Company’s market areas within the multi-family sector are in expansion phase with the exception of Denver and Atlanta which are both currently in a hyper-supply phase.

Per Integra, nationally, approximately 45% of the suburban office markets are in an expansion market cycle -- characterized by decreasing vacancy rates, moderate/high new construction, high absorption, moderate/high employment growth and medium/high rental rate growth.  Signs of late-cycle conditions are spreading in 2019. Both CBD and suburban markets are being categorized as either in recession or in hyper-supply by about one in 10 market respondents. So while most markets are in recovery or expansion, they tilt toward risk in the coming years. The Company’s larger market areas in the suburban office expansion market cycle include Minneapolis, Dallas-Ft. Worth, and St. Louis.  Tulsa, Okla. and Kansas City are currently in the recovery/expansion market cycle -- typified by decreasing vacancy rates, low new construction, moderate absorption, low/moderate employment growth and negative/low rental rate growth. Chicago is currently in a recession market cycle typified by increasing vacancies, low absorption and low new construction while Denver is in hyper-supply.

Approximately 70% of the retail sector is in the expansion phase of the market cycle, with another 20% in recovery mode and the remaining 10% in hyper-supply and recession.  The Company’s larger market areas included in the retail expansion market segment are Chicago, Denver, Minneapolis, Kansas City, Dallas-Ft. Worth, and St. Louis, with Chicago and Minneapolis nearing hyper-supply. The Atlanta and Tulsa markets are each in recovery phase.

The industrial segment, once concentrated in manufacturing, is now epitomized by a dense network of warehousing, distribution, logistics, and R&D/Flex properties which is the conduit of the current global e-commerce revolution.  All of the Company’s larger industrial market areas are categorized as being in the expansion cycle with prospects of continuing good economic growth.  Two market areas, Chicago and Kansas City, are in the latter stages of the expansion cycle.

Occupancy, absorption and rental income levels of commercial real estate properties located throughout the Company’s market areas remain stable according to information provided by real estate services firm CoStar Group.  Moderate real estate sales and financing activity is continuing to support loan growth.

While current economic indicators show stability nationally in employment, housing starts and prices, commercial real estate occupancy, absorption and rental rates, our management will continue to closely monitor regional, national and global economic conditions, as these could significantly impact our market areas.

General

The profitability of the Company and, more specifically, the profitability of its principal subsidiary, the Bank, depends primarily on its net interest income, as well as provisions for loan losses and the level of non-interest income and non-interest expense. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income the Bank earns on its loan and investment portfolios, and the interest it pays on interest-bearing liabilities, which consists mainly of interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is affected by the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on these balances. When interest-earning assets approximate or exceed interest-bearing liabilities, any positive interest rate spread will generate net interest income.
47




Great Southern's total assets increased $296.0 million, or 6.3%, from $4.68 billion at December 31, 2018, to $4.97 billion at September 30, 2019. Full details of the current period changes in total assets are provided in the “Comparison of Financial Condition at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018” section of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Loans.  Net outstanding loans increased $167.7 million, or 4.2%, from $3.99 billion at December 31, 2018, to $4.16 billion at September 30, 2019.  The net increase in loans reflects reductions of $25.6 million in the FDIC-acquired loan portfolios.  This increase was primarily in commercial real estate loans, owner occupied one- to four-family residential loans and other residential (multi-family) loans.  These increases were partially offset by decreases in construction loans and consumer auto loans.  The increases were primarily due to loan growth in our existing banking center network and our commercial loan production offices.  Excluding FDIC-assisted acquired loans and mortgage loans held for sale, total gross loans increased $65.3 million from December 31, 2018 to September 30, 2019.  As loan demand is affected by a variety of factors, including general economic conditions, and because of the competition we face and our focus on pricing discipline and credit quality, no assurances can be made regarding our future loan growth.  The Company's strategy continues to be focused on maintaining credit risk and interest rate risk at appropriate levels.

Recent loan growth has occurred in several loan types, primarily commercial construction loans, commercial real estate loans, other residential (multi-family) loans and one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and in most of Great Southern’s primary lending locations, including Springfield, St. Louis, Kansas City, Des Moines and Minneapolis, as well as the loan production offices in Chicago, Dallas, Omaha and Tulsa, and offices added recently in Atlanta and Denver.  Certain minimum underwriting standards and monitoring help assure the Company’s portfolio quality. Great Southern’s loan committee reviews and approves all new loan originations in excess of lender approval authorities.  Generally, the Company considers commercial construction, consumer, and commercial real estate loans to involve a higher degree of risk compared to some other types of loans, such as first mortgage loans on one- to four-family, owner-occupied residential properties.  For commercial real estate, commercial business and construction loans, the credits are subject to an analysis of the borrower’s and guarantor’s financial condition, credit history, verification of liquid assets, collateral, market analysis and repayment ability.  It has been, and continues to be, Great Southern’s practice to verify information from potential borrowers regarding assets, income or payment ability and credit ratings as applicable and as required by the authority approving the loan.  To minimize construction risk, projects are monitored as construction draws are requested by comparison to budget and with progress verified through property inspections.  The geographic and product diversity of collateral, equity requirements and limitations on speculative construction projects help to mitigate overall risk in these loans. Underwriting standards for all loans also include loan-to-value ratio limitations, which vary depending on collateral type, debt service coverage ratios or debt payment to income ratio guidelines, where applicable, credit histories, use of guaranties and other recommended terms relating to equity requirements, amortization, and maturity.  Consumer loans are primarily secured by new and used motor vehicles and these loans are also subject to certain minimum underwriting standards to assure portfolio quality.  While Great Southern’s consumer underwriting and pricing standards have been fairly consistent since 2016, the Company tightened its underwriting guidelines on automobile lending beginning in the latter part of 2016.  Management took this step in an effort to improve credit quality in the portfolio and reduce delinquencies and charge-offs.  The underwriting standards employed by Great Southern for consumer loans include a determination of the applicant's payment history on other debts, credit scores, employment history and an assessment of ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan.  In 2019, the Company discontinued indirect auto loan originations.  See “Item 1. Business – Lending Activities – General, – Commercial Real Estate and Construction Lending, and – Consumer Lending” in the Company’s December 31, 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

48


While our policy allows us to lend up to 95% of the appraised value on one-to four-family residential properties, originations of loans with loan-to-value ratios at that level are minimal.  Private mortgage insurance is typically required for loan amounts above the 80% level.  Few exceptions occur and would be based on analyses which determined minimal transactional risk to be involved.  We consider these lending practices to be consistent with or more conservative than what we believe to be the norm for banks our size.  At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, an estimated 0.0% and 0.1%, respectively, of total owner occupied one- to four-family residential loans had loan-to-value ratios above 100% at origination.  At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, an estimated 0.6% and 0.9%, respectively, of total non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential loans had loan-to-value ratios above 100% at origination. 

At September 30, 2019, troubled debt restructurings totaled $2.0 million, or 0.1% of total loans, down $4.9 million from $6.9 million, or 0.2% of total loans, at December 31, 2018.  Concessions granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties may include a reduction in the interest rate on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection.  For troubled debt restructurings occurring during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, no loans were restructured into multiple new loans.   For troubled debt restructurings occurring during the year ended December 31, 2018, five loans totaling $31,000 were restructured into multiple new loans.  For further information on troubled debt restructurings, see Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this report.

Loans that were acquired through FDIC-assisted transactions, which are accounted for in pools, are currently included in the analysis and estimation of the allowance for loan losses.  If expected cash flows to be received on any given pool of loans decreases from previous estimates, then a determination is made as to whether the loan pool should be charged down or the allowance for loan losses should be increased (through a provision for loan losses).  Acquired loans are described in Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this report.  For acquired loan pools, the Company may allocate, and at September 30, 2019, has allocated, a portion of its allowance for loan losses related to these loan pools in a manner similar to how it allocates its allowance for loan losses to those loans which are collectively evaluated for impairment.

The level of non-performing loans and foreclosed assets affects our net interest income and net income. We generally do not accrue interest income on these loans and do not recognize interest income until the loans are repaid or interest payments have been made for a period of time sufficient to provide evidence of performance on the loans.  Generally, the higher the level of non-performing assets, the greater the negative impact on interest income and net income.  

Available-for-sale Securities.  In the nine months ended September 30, 2019, available-for-sale securities increased $105.0 million, or 43.1%, from $244.0 million at December 31, 2018, to $349.0 million at September 30, 2019.  The increase was primarily due to the purchase of FNMA and GNMA fixed-rate multi-family mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by calls of municipal securities and normal monthly payments received related to the portfolio of mortgage-backed securities.  The Company used increased deposits and short-term borrowings to fund this increase in investment securities.  The addition of these securities is a component of the Company’s asset/liability management strategy to partially mitigate risk from falling interest rates.

Deposits.  The Company attracts deposit accounts through its retail branch network, correspondent banking and corporate services areas, and brokered deposits. The Company then utilizes these deposit funds, along with FHLBank advances and other borrowings, to meet loan demand or otherwise fund its activities. In the nine months ended September 30, 2019, total deposit balances increased $210.1 million, or 5.6%.  Transaction account balances increased $74.0 million to $2.21 billion at September 30, 2019, while retail certificates of deposit increased $88.3 million, to $1.35 billion at September 30, 2019.  The increases in transaction accounts were primarily a result of increases in money market and NOW deposit accounts.  Retail certificates of deposit increased due to an increase in certificates opened through the Company’s internet deposit acquisition channels.  In addition, at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, customer deposits totaling $30.8 million and $27.9 million, respectively, were part of the CDARS program, which allows customers to maintain balances in an insured manner that would otherwise exceed the FDIC deposit insurance limit. Brokered deposits, including CDARS program purchased funds, were $374.8 million at September 30, 2019, an increase of $47.9 million from $326.9 million at December 31, 2018.
49




Our deposit balances may fluctuate depending on customer preferences and our relative need for funding.  We do not consider our retail certificates of deposit to be guaranteed long-term funding because customers can withdraw their funds at any time with minimal interest penalty.  When loan demand trends upward, we can increase rates paid on deposits to increase deposit balances and utilize brokered deposits to provide additional funding.  The level of competition for deposits in our markets is high. It is our goal to gain deposit market share, particularly checking accounts, in our branch footprint.  To accomplish this goal, increasing rates to attract deposits may be necessary, which could negatively impact the Company’s net interest margin.

Our ability to fund growth in future periods may also depend on our ability to continue to access brokered deposits and FHLBank advances. In times when our loan demand has outpaced our generation of new deposits, we have utilized brokered deposits and FHLBank advances to fund these loans. These funding sources have been attractive to us because we can create either fixed or variable rate funding, as desired, which more closely matches the interest rate nature of much of our loan portfolio. While we do not currently anticipate that our ability to access these sources will be reduced or eliminated in future periods, if this should happen, the limitation on our ability to fund additional loans could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances and Short Term Borrowings.  The Company’s Federal Home Loan Bank advances totaled $-0- at both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018.  At both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no borrowings from the FHLBank other than overnight advances, which are included in the short term borrowings category.

Short term borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities decreased $1.6 million from $192.7 million at December 31, 2018 to $191.1 million at September 30, 2019.  The short term borrowings included overnight FHLBank borrowings of $153.3 million and $178.0 million at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The Company utilizes both overnight borrowings and short-term FHLBank advances depending on relative interest rates.

Net Interest Income and Interest Rate Risk Management.  Our net interest income may be affected positively or negatively by changes in market interest rates. A large portion of our loan portfolio is tied to one-month LIBOR, three-month LIBOR or the "prime rate" and adjusts immediately or shortly after the index rate adjusts (subject to the effect of contractual interest rate floors on some of the loans). We monitor our sensitivity to interest rate changes on an ongoing basis (see "Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk").  In addition, our net interest income may be impacted by changes in the cash flows expected to be received from acquired loan pools.  As described in Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this report, the Company’s evaluation of cash flows expected to be received from acquired loan pools is on-going and increases in cash flow expectations are recognized as increases in accretable yield through interest income.  Decreases in cash flow expectations are recognized as impairments through the allowance for loan losses.

The current level and shape of the interest rate yield curve poses challenges for interest rate risk management. Prior to its increase of 0.25% on December 16, 2015, the FRB had last changed interest rates on December 16, 2008. This was the first rate increase since September 29, 2006.  The FRB also implemented rate change increases of 0.25% on eight additional occasions beginning December 14, 2016 and through December 31, 2018, with the Federal Funds rate reaching as high as 2.50%.  After December 2018, the FRB paused its rate increases and, in July and September 2019, implemented rate change decreases of 0.25% on each of those occasions. At September 30, 2019, the Federal Funds rate stood at 2.00%.  A substantial portion of Great Southern’s loan portfolio ($1.65 billion at September 30, 2019) is tied to the one-month or three-month LIBOR index and will be subject to adjustment at least once within 90 days after September 30, 2019.  Of these loans, $1.64 billion had interest rate floors.  Great Southern also has a portfolio of loans ($232 million at September 30, 2019) tied to a "prime rate" of interest and will adjust immediately with changes to the “prime rate” of interest. But for the interest rate floors, a rate cut by the FRB generally would have an anticipated immediate negative impact on the Company’s net interest income due to the large total balance of loans tied to the one-month or three-month LIBOR index and will be subject to adjustment at least once within 90 days or loans which generally adjust immediately as the Federal Funds rate adjusts. Loans at their floor rates are, however, subject to the risk that borrowers will seek to refinance elsewhere at the lower market rate.  Because the Federal Funds rate is still generally low, there may also be a negative impact on the Company's net interest income due to the Company's inability to significantly lower its funding costs in the current competitive rate environment, although interest rates on assets may decline further. Conversely, interest rate increases would normally result in

50





increased interest rates on our LIBOR-based and prime-based loans.  As of September 30, 2019, Great Southern's interest rate risk models indicate that, generally, rising interest rates are expected to have a positive impact on the Company's net interest income, while declining interest rates are expected to have a negative impact on net interest income. We model various interest rate scenarios for rising and falling rates, including both parallel and non-parallel shifts in rates. The results of our modeling indicate that net interest income is not likely to be significantly affected either positively or negatively in the first twelve months following a rate change, regardless of any changes in interest rates, because our portfolios are relatively well-matched in a twelve-month horizon. The effects of interest rate changes, if any, on net interest income are expected to be greater in the 12 to 36 months following rate changes.  During the three months ended September 30, 2019, we did experience some compression of our net interest margin percentage due to 0.50% of Federal Funds rate cuts over a six-week period during that three-month period.  Margin compression primarily resulted from generally unchanged average interest rates on deposits and borrowings and slightly lower yields on investments and other interest-earning assets.  LIBOR interest rates have recently decreased, putting pressure on loan yields, and strong pricing competition for loans and deposits remains in most of our markets.  For further discussion of the processes used to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, see “Item 3.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – How We Measure the Risks to Us Associated with Interest Rate Changes.”

Non-Interest Income and Non-Interest (Operating) Expenses.  The Company's profitability is also affected by the level of its non-interest income and operating expenses. Non-interest income consists primarily of service charges and ATM fees, late charges and prepayment fees on loans, gains on sales of loans and available-for-sale investments and other general operating income.  Non-interest income may also be affected by the Company's interest rate derivative activities, if the Company chooses to implement derivatives.  See Note 16 “Derivatives and Hedging Activities” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report.

Operating expenses consist primarily of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy-related expenses, expenses related to foreclosed assets, postage, FDIC deposit insurance, advertising and public relations, telephone, professional fees, office expenses and other general operating expenses.  Details of the current period changes in non-interest income and non-interest expense are provided in the “Results of Operations and Comparison for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2018” section of this report.

Effect of Federal Laws and Regulations

General. Federal legislation and regulation significantly affect the operations of the Company and the Bank, and have increased competition among commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking enterprises and other financial institutions. In particular, the capital requirements and operations of regulated banking organizations such as the Company and the Bank have been and will be subject to changes in applicable statutes and regulations from time to time, which changes could, under certain circumstances, adversely affect the Company or the Bank.

Dodd-Frank Act. On July 21, 2010, sweeping financial regulatory reform legislation entitled the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act implements far-reaching changes across the financial regulatory landscape, including provisions that, among other things, centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, with broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks, require new capital rules (discussed below), change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance, repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, amend the account balance limit for federal deposit insurance protection, and increase the authority of the FRB to examine the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries.

Certain aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to rulemaking and take effect over a number of years. Provisions in the legislation that affect deposit insurance assessments and payment of interest on demand deposits could increase the costs associated with deposits. Provisions in the legislation that require revisions to the capital requirements of the Company and the Bank could require the Company and the Bank to seek additional sources of capital in the future.

51




A provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly referred to as the “Durbin Amendment,” directed the FRB to analyze the debit card payments system and fix the interchange rates based upon their estimate of actual costs. The FRB has established the interchange rate for all debit transactions for issuers with over $10 billion in assets at $0.21 per transaction. An additional five basis points of the transaction amount and an additional $0.01 may be collected by the issuer for fraud prevention and recovery, provided the issuer performs certain actions. The Bank is currently exempt from the rule on the basis of asset size.

Certain aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act have been affected by the EGRRCP Act, as defined and discussed below under “-EGRRCP Act.”

Capital Rules. The federal banking agencies have adopted regulatory capital rules that substantially amend the risk-based capital rules applicable to the Bank and the Company. The rules implement the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. “Basel III” refers to various documents released by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. For the Company and the Bank, the general effective date of the new rules was January 1, 2015, and, for certain provisions, various phase-in periods and later effective dates apply. The chief features of the new rules are summarized below.

The rules refine the definitions of what constitutes regulatory capital and add a new regulatory capital element, common equity Tier 1 capital. The minimum capital ratios are (i) a common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6%; (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8%; and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. In addition to the minimum capital ratios, the new rules include a capital conservation buffer, under which a banking organization must have CET1 more than 2.5% above each of its minimum risk-based capital ratios in order to avoid restrictions on paying dividends, repurchasing shares, and paying certain discretionary bonuses.  The capital conservation buffer requirement began phasing in on January 1, 2016 when a buffer greater than 0.625% of risk-weighted assets was required, which amount increased an equal amount each year until the buffer requirement of greater than 2.5% of risk-weighted assets became fully implemented on January 1, 2019.

Effective January 1, 2015, these rules also revised the prompt corrective action framework, which is designed to place restrictions on insured depository institutions if their capital levels show signs of weakness. Under the prompt corrective action requirements, insured depository institutions are required to meet the following in order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (i) a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.5%, (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10% and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5%, and must not be subject to an order, agreement or directive mandating a specific capital level.

EGRRCP Act. In May 2018 the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (the “EGRRCCP Act”), was enacted to modify or remove certain financial reform rules and regulations, including some of those implemented under the Dodd-Frank Act. While the EGRRCP Act maintains most of the regulatory structure established by the Dodd-Frank Act, it amends certain aspects of the regulatory framework for depository institutions with assets of less than $10 billion and for banks with assets of more than $50 billion. Many of these changes could result in meaningful regulatory relief for community banks such as Great Southern.

The EGRRCP Act, among other matters, expands the definition of qualified mortgages that may be held by a financial institution and simplifies the regulatory capital rules for financial institutions and their holding companies with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion by instructing the federal banking regulators to establish a single “Community Bank Leverage Ratio” of between 8 and 10 percent. Any qualifying depository institution or its holding company that exceeds the “community bank leverage ratio” will be considered to have met generally applicable leverage and risk-based regulatory capital requirements and any qualifying depository institution that exceeds the new ratio will be considered to be “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action rules.  In addition, the EGRRCP Act includes regulatory relief for community banks regarding regulatory examination cycles, call reports, the Volcker Rule (proprietary trading prohibitions), mortgage disclosures and risk weights for certain high-risk commercial real estate loans.

52




It is difficult at this time to predict when or how any new standards under the EGRRCP Act will ultimately be applied to the Company and the Bank or what specific impact the EGRRCP Act and the implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks.

Business Initiatives

The Company’s retail banking center network continues to evolve. In September 2019, the Company consolidated its Ames, Iowa, banking center into its North Ankeny, Iowa office. The Company entered the Ames market with only one banking center through an FDIC-assisted acquisition in 2014.  An agreement has been executed to sell the Ames office building, and the sale is expected to be completed during the fourth quarter 2019.

During the third quarter 2019, a Business Banking initiative was implemented to increase the Company’s focus on serving the lending needs of business owners. The Business Banking group works with established operating businesses by providing lines of credit, equipment loans, and commercial real estate loans, as well as cash management and depository services.

Comparison of Financial Condition at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company’s total assets increased by $296.0 million to $4.97 billion.  The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in loans receivable and available-for-sale investment securities.

Cash and cash equivalents were $190.9 million at September 30, 2019, a decrease of $11.8 million, or 5.9%, from $202.7 million at December 31, 2018.

The Company's available-for-sale securities increased $105.1 million, or 43.1%, compared to December 31, 2018.  The increase was primarily due to the purchase of FNMA and GNMA fixed-rate multi-family mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by calls of municipal securities and normal monthly payments received related to the portfolio of mortgage-backed securities.  The available-for-sale securities portfolio was 7.0% and 5.2% of total assets at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Net loans increased $167.7 million from December 31, 2018, to $4.16 billion at September 30, 2019.  Excluding FDIC-assisted acquired loans and mortgage loans held for sale, total gross loans (including the undisbursed portion of loans) increased $65.3 million, or 1.4%, from December 31, 2018 to September 30, 2019. This increase was primarily in commercial real estate loans ($123.2 million), owner occupied one- to four-family residential loans ($68.2 million) and other residential (multi-family) loans ($56.2 million).  These increases were partially offset by decreases in construction loans ($81.3 million) and consumer auto loans ($78.8 million).

Premises and equipment totaled $141.2 million at September 30, 2019, an increase of $8.8 million, or 6.6%, from $132.4 million at December 31, 2018.  This increase is primarily related to the recording of a right-of-use asset for leased premises and assets under the new lease accounting standard adopted January 1, 2019.  The right-of-use asset totaled $8.9 million at September 30, 2019.

Total liabilities increased $231.2 million, from $4.14 billion at December 31, 2018 to $4.38 billion at September 30, 2019.  The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in deposits.

Total deposits increased $210.1 million, or 5.6%, to $3.94 billion at September 30, 2019.  Transaction account balances increased $74.0 million to $2.21 billion at September 30, 2019, while retail certificates of deposit increased $88.3 million compared to December 31, 2018, to $1.35 billion at September 30, 2019.  The increase in transaction accounts was primarily a result of increases in money market and NOW deposit accounts.  Retail certificates of deposit increased due to an increase in certificates opened through the Company’s internet deposit acquisition channels.  In addition, at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, customer deposits totaling $30.8 million and $27.9 million, respectively, were part of the CDARS program, which allows customers to maintain balances in an
53




insured manner that would otherwise exceed the FDIC deposit insurance limit. Brokered deposits, including CDARS program purchased funds, were $374.8 million at September 30, 2019, an increase of $47.9 million from $326.9 million at December 31, 2018.

The Company’s FHLBank advances totaled $-0- at both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018.  At both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no borrowings from the FHLBank other than overnight advances, which are included in the short term borrowings category.

Short term borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities decreased $1.6 million from $192.7 million at December 31, 2018 to $191.1 million at September 30, 2019.  Short term borrowings at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, included overnight FHLBank borrowings of $153.3 million and $178.0 million, respectively. The Company utilizes both overnight borrowings and short term FHLBank advances depending on relative interest rates.

Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements with customers decreased $2.7 million from $105.3 million at December 31, 2018 to $102.6 million at September 30, 2019.  These balances fluctuate over time based on customer demand for this product. 

Total stockholders' equity increased $64.8 million from $532.0 million at December 31, 2018 to $596.8 million at September 30, 2019.  The Company recorded net income of $55.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, and dividends declared on common stock were $24.5 million.  Accumulated other comprehensive income increased $31.4 million due to increases in the fair value of available-for-sale investment securities and the fair value of cash flow hedges.  In addition, total stockholders’ equity increased $3.0 million due to stock option exercises. These increases were partially offset by repurchases of the Company’s common stock totaling $849,000.


Results of Operations and Comparison for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

General

Net income was $19.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 compared to $22.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2018.  This decrease of $2.8 million, or 12.4%, was primarily due to a decrease in non-interest income of $5.9 million, or 40.7%, an increase in provision for loan losses of $650,000, or 50.0%, and an increase in non-interest expense of $416,000, or 1.5%, partially offset by an increase in net interest income of $2.9 million, or 6.8%, and a decrease in income tax expense of $1.3 million, or 23.6%.

Net income was $55.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to $49.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018.  This increase of $5.9 million, or 11.8%, was primarily due to an increase in net interest income of $11.8 million, or 9.6%, and a decrease in non-interest expense of $935,000, or 1.1%, partially offset by a decrease in non-interest income of $5.7 million, or 19.8%, an increase in income tax expense of $814,000, or 7.3%, and an increase in provision for loan losses of $300,000, or 5.8%.

Total Interest Income

Total interest income increased $7.2 million, or 13.6%, during the three months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2018.  The increase was due to a $6.2 million increase in interest income on loans and a $1.0 million increase in interest income on investments and other interest-earning assets.  Interest income on loans increased for the three months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018, due to higher average rates of interest on loans and higher average balances.  Interest income from investment securities and other interest-earning assets increased during the three months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018 primarily due to higher average balances of investment securities and higher average rates of interest.

54




Total interest income increased $26.5 million, or 17.7%, during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018.  The increase was due to a $23.1 million increase in interest income on loans and a $3.4 million increase in interest income on investments and other interest-earning assets.  Interest income on loans increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018, due to higher average rates of interest on loans and higher average balances.  Interest income from investment securities and other interest-earning assets increased during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018 primarily due to higher average balances of investment securities and higher average rates of interest.

Interest Income – Loans

During the three months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2018, interest income on loans increased $3.0 million as a result of higher average interest rates on loans.  The average yield on loans increased from 5.12% during the three months ended September 30, 2018, to 5.41% during the three months ended September 30, 2019.  This increase was primarily due to increased yields in most loan categories as a result of increased LIBOR and Federal Funds interest rates.  Interest income on loans increased $3.2 million as the result of higher average loan balances, which increased from $3.96 billion during the three months ended September 30, 2018, to $4.20 billion during the three months ended September 30, 2019.  The higher average balances were primarily due to organic loan growth in commercial real estate loans, construction loans, one- to four-family residential loans and other residential (multi-family) loans, partially offset by decreases in consumer loans and commercial business loans.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018, interest income on loans increased $13.0 million as a result of higher average interest rates on loans.  The average yield on loans increased from 4.98% during the nine months ended September 30, 2018, to 5.41% during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.  This increase was primarily due to increased yields in most loan categories as a result of increased LIBOR and Federal Funds interest rates.  Interest income on loans increased $10.1 million as the result of higher average loan balances, which increased from $3.88 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2018, to $4.14 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.  The higher average balances were primarily due to organic loan growth in commercial real estate loans, construction loans, one- to four-family residential loans and other residential (multi-family) loans, partially offset by decreases in consumer loans and commercial business loans.

On an on-going basis, the Company estimates the cash flows expected to be collected from the acquired loan pools. For each of the loan portfolios acquired, the cash flow estimates have increased, based on the payment histories and the collection of certain loans, thereby reducing loss expectations of certain loan pools, resulting in adjustments to be spread on a level-yield basis over the remaining expected lives of the loan pools.  For the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the adjustments increased interest income by $2.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the adjustments increased interest income by $5.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

As of September 30, 2019, the remaining accretable yield adjustment that will affect interest income was $7.9 million.  Of the remaining adjustments affecting interest income, we expect to recognize $1.8 million of interest income during the remainder of 2019.  Additional adjustments may be recorded during the remainder of 2019 from the FDIC-assisted transactions, as the Company continues to estimate expected cash flows from the acquired loan pools. Apart from the yield accretion, the average yield on loans was 5.20% during the three months ended September 30, 2019, compared to 4.98% during the three months ended September 30, 2018, as a result of higher current market rates on adjustable rate loans and new loans originated during the year.  Apart from the yield accretion, the average yield on loans was 5.24% during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, compared to 4.85% during the nine months ended September 30, 2018.

55




In October 2018, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction as part of its ongoing interest rate management strategies to hedge the risk of its floating rate loans.  The notional amount of the swap is $400 million with a termination date in October 2025.  Under the terms of the swap, the Company receives a fixed rate of interest of 3.018% and pays a floating rate of interest equal to one-month USD-LIBOR.  The floating rate resets monthly and net settlements of interest due to/from the counterparty also occur monthly.  To the extent that the fixed rate continues to exceed one-month USD-LIBOR, the Company will receive net interest settlements, which will be recorded as loan interest income.  If one-month USD-LIBOR exceeds the fixed rate of interest in future periods, the Company will be required to pay net settlements to the counterparty and will record those net payments as a reduction of interest income on loans.  The Company recorded loan interest income related to this swap transaction of $801,000 and $1.9 million, respectively, in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Interest Income – Investments and Other Interest-earning Assets

Interest income on investments increased in the three months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2018.  Interest income increased $1.1 million as a result of an increase in average balances from $193.4 million during the three months ended September 30, 2018, to $342.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2019.  Average balances of securities increased primarily due to purchases of agency multi-family mortgage-backed securities which have a fixed rate of interest with expected lives of six to ten years.  These purchased securities fit with the Company’s current asset/liability management strategies. Interest income increased $7,000 due to an increase in average interest rates from 2.92% during the three months ended September 30, 2018, to 2.94% during the three months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to higher market rates of interest on investment securities and a decrease in the volume of prepayments on mortgage-backed securities.

Interest income on investments increased in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018.  Interest income increased $2.8 million as a result of an increase in average balances from $189.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2018, to $310.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.  Average balances of securities increased primarily due to purchases of agency multi-family mortgage-backed securities which have a fixed rate of interest with expected lives of six to ten years.  These purchased securities fit with the Company’s current asset/liability management strategies. Interest income increased $408,000 due to an increase in average interest rates from 2.84% during the nine months ended September 30, 2018, to 3.10% during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to higher market rates of interest on investment securities and a decrease in the volume of prepayments on mortgage-backed securities.

Interest income on other interest-earning assets decreased in the three months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2018.  Interest income decreased $100,000 as a result of the decrease in average balances from $97.7 million during the three months ending September 30, 2018, to $79.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to lower excess funds maintained in other interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions. This was partially offset by the increase in average interest rates to 2.13% at September 30, 2019 compared to 2.01% at September 30, 2018.

Interest income on other interest-earning assets increased in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018.  Interest income increased $336,000 as a result of the increase in average interest rates from 1.69% during the nine months ended September 30, 2018, to 2.32% during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to higher market rates of interest on other interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions. This was partially offset by a decrease of $157,000 as a result of the decrease in average balances from $105.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 compared to $87.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Total Interest Expense

Total interest expense increased $4.3 million, or 42.7%, during the three months ended September 30, 2019, when compared with the three months ended September 30, 2018, due to an increase in interest expense on deposits of $4.4 million, or 60.4%, an increase in interest expense on short-term borrowing and repurchase agreements of $946,000, or 534.5%, an increase in interest expense on subordinated notes of $71,000, or 6.9%, and an increase in interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust of $1,000, or 0.4%, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on FHLBank advances of $1.2 million, or 100.0%.
56





Total interest expense increased $14.6 million, or 56.0%, during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, when compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2018, due to an increase in interest expense on deposits of $14.8 million, or 77.6%, an increase in interest expense on short-term borrowing and repurchase agreements of $2.5 million, or 654.3%, an increase in interest expense on subordinated notes of $210,000, or 6.8%, and an increase in interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust of $95,000, or 13.7%,  partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on FHLBank advances of $3.0 million, or 100.0%.

Interest Expense – Deposits

Interest expense on demand deposits increased $512,000 due to average rates of interest that increased from 0.40% in the three months ended September 30, 2018 to 0.54% in the three months ended September 30, 2019.  Partially offsetting that increase, interest expense on demand deposits decreased $5,000, due to a decrease in average balances from $1.51 billion during the three months ended September 30, 2018 to $1.50 billion during the three months ended September 30, 2019.

Interest expense on demand deposits increased $1.6 million due to average rates of interest that increased from 0.37% in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to 0.51% in the nine months ended September 30, 2019.  Partially offsetting that increase, interest expense on demand deposits decreased $151,000, due to a decrease in average balances from $1.55 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $1.49 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Interest expense on time deposits increased $2.2 million as a result of an increase in average rates of interest from 1.68% during the three months ended September 30, 2018, to 2.24% during the three months ended September 30, 2019.  Interest expense on time deposits increased $1.7 million due to an increase in average balances of time deposits from $1.38 billion during the three months ended September 30, 2018, to $1.73 billion during the three months ended September 30, 2019. 

Interest expense on time deposits increased $8.3 million as a result of an increase in average rates of interest from 1.49% during the nine months ended September 30, 2018, to 2.20% during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.  Interest expense on time deposits increased $5.0 million due to an increase in average balances of time deposits from $1.33 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2018, to $1.71 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

A large portion of the Company’s certificate of deposit portfolio matures within six to eighteen months and therefore reprices fairly quickly; this is consistent with the portfolio over the past several years.  Older certificates of deposit that renewed or were replaced with new deposits generally resulted in the Company paying a higher rate of interest due to market interest rate increases during 2018 and the first half of 2019.  In both the three months and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the increase in average balances of time deposits was a result of increases in both retail customer time deposits obtained through on-line channels and in brokered deposits added through the CDARS program purchased funds.

Interest Expense – FHLBank Advances, Short-term Borrowings and Repurchase Agreements, Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trusts and Subordinated Notes

During the three months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2018, interest expense on FHLBank advances decreased $1.2 million due to a decrease in average balances from $216.7 million during the three months ended September 30, 2018 to $-0- during the three months ended September 30, 2019. 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018, interest expense on FHLBank advances decreased $3.0 million due to a decrease in average balances from $198.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $-0- during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

57




The decrease in interest expense on FHLB advances in both the three months and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 were primarily due to overall decreases in term borrowings from the FHLBank.  Instead, the Company utilized overnight borrowings from the FHLBank, primarily due to slightly lower rates compared to term borrowings.  These overnight FHLBank borrowings are included in short-term borrowings and repurchase agreement line item of the income statement.

Interest expense on short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements increased $640,000 due to an increase in average rates from 0.49% in the three months ended September 30, 2018 to 1.54% in the three months ended September 30, 2019.  The increase was due to an increase in market interest rates during the period and the higher interest rate charged on overnight FHLBank borrowings as compared to customer repurchase agreements.  Interest expense on short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements increased $306,000 due to an increase in average balances from $141.9 million during the three months ended September 30, 2018 to $289.2 million during the three months ended September 30, 2019, which was primarily due to changes in the Company’s funding needs and the mix of funding, which can fluctuate.  In the three months ended September 30, 2019, more overnight FHLBank borrowings were utilized.

Interest expense on short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements increased $1.8 million due to an increase in average rates from 0.40% in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to 1.47% in the nine months ended September 30, 2019.  The increase was due to an increase in market interest rates during the period and the higher interest rate charged on overnight FHLBank borrowings as compared to customer repurchase agreements.  Interest expense on short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements increased $724,000 due to an increase in average balances from $127.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $264.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, which was primarily due to changes in the Company’s funding needs and the mix of funding, which can fluctuate.  In the nine months ended September 30, 2019, more overnight FHLBank borrowings were utilized.

During the three months ended September 30, 2019, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2018, interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts increased $1,000 due to slightly higher average interest rates.  The average interest rate was 3.88% in the three months ended September 30, 2018 compared to 3.90% in the three months ended September 30, 2019.  The subordinated debentures are variable-rate debentures which bear interest at an average rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.60%, adjusting quarterly, which was 3.85% at September 30, 2019.  There was no change in the average balance of the subordinated debentures between the 2019 and the 2018 periods.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018, interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts increased $95,000 due to higher average interest rates.  The average interest rate was 3.59% in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 compared to 4.08% in the nine months ended September 30, 2019.  There was no change in the average balance of the subordinated debentures between the 2019 and the 2018 periods.

In August 2016, the Company issued $75 million of 5.25% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes due August 15, 2026.  The notes were sold at par, resulting in net proceeds, after underwriting discounts and commissions and other issuance costs, of approximately $73.5 million.  Interest expense on the subordinated notes for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 increased $66,000 and $207,000, respectively, due to deferred issuance cost amortization.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2019 increased $2.9 million to $45.9 million compared to $43.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2018.  Net interest margin was 3.95% in the three months ended September 30, 2019, compared to 4.02% in the three months ended September 30, 2018, a decrease of seven basis points, or 1.7%.  In both three month periods, the Company’s net interest income and margin were positively impacted by the increases in expected cash flows from the FDIC-acquired loan pools and the resulting increase to accretable yield, which were previously discussed in Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated
58




Financial Statements.  The positive impact of these changes in the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 were increases in interest income of $2.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively, and increases in net interest margin of 20 basis points and 14 basis points, respectively.  Excluding the positive impact of the additional yield accretion, net interest margin decreased 13 basis points when compared to the year-ago three month period.  The decrease was primarily due to an increase in the average interest rate on deposits and borrowings which was significantly offset by the increase in loans receivable.

Net interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 increased $11.8 million to $135.4 million compared to $123.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018.  Net interest margin was 3.99% in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, compared to 3.96% in the nine months ended September 30, 2018, an increase of three basis points, or 0.8%.  In both nine month periods, the Company’s net interest income and margin were positively impacted by the increases in expected cash flows from the FDIC-acquired loan pools and the resulting increase to accretable yield.  The positive impact of these changes in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 were increases in interest income of $5.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively, and increases in net interest margin of 15 basis points and 12 basis points, respectively.  Excluding the positive impact of the additional yield accretion, net interest margin remained the same at 3.84% when compared to the year-ago nine month period.

The Company's overall average interest rate spread decreased 15 basis points, or 4.0%, from 3.76% during the three months ended September 30, 2018 to 3.61% during the three months ended September 30, 2019.  The decrease was due to a 37 basis point increase in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a 22 basis point increase in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets. In comparing the two periods, the yield on loans increased 29 basis points, the yield on investment securities increased two basis points and the yield on other interest-earning assets increased 12 basis points. The rate paid on deposits increased 44 basis points, the rate paid on short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements increased 105 basis points, the rate paid on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts increased two basis points, the rate paid on subordinated notes increased 35 basis points and the rate paid on FHLBank advances decreased 218 basis points (due to the average balance of FHLBank advances decreasing to $-0-).

The Company's overall average interest rate spread decreased eight basis points, or 2.1%, from 3.74% during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to 3.66% during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.  The decrease was due to a 47 basis point increase in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a 39 basis point increase in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets. In comparing the two periods, the yield on loans increased 43 basis points, the yield on investment securities increased 26 basis points and the yield on other interest-earning assets increased 63 basis points. The rate paid on deposits increased 53 basis points, the rate paid on short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements increased 107 basis points, the rate paid on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts increased 49 basis points, the rate paid on subordinated notes increased 36 basis points and the rate paid on FHLBank advances decreased 199 basis points (due to the average balance of FHLBank advances decreasing to $-0-).

For additional information on net interest income components, refer to the "Average Balances, Interest Rates and Yields" tables in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Provision for Loan Losses and Allowance for Loan Losses

Management records a provision for loan losses in an amount it believes is sufficient to result in an allowance for loan losses that will cover current net charge-offs as well as risks believed to be inherent in the loan portfolio of the Bank. The amount of provision charged against current income is based on several factors, including, but not limited to, past loss experience, current portfolio mix, actual and potential losses identified in the loan portfolio, economic conditions, and internal as well as external reviews.  The levels of non-performing assets, potential problem loans, loan loss provisions and net charge-offs fluctuate from period to period and are difficult to predict.

59




Weak economic conditions, higher inflation or interest rates, or other factors may lead to increased losses in the portfolio and/or requirements for an increase in loan loss provision expense. Management maintains various controls in an attempt to limit future losses, such as a watch list of possible problem loans, documented loan administration policies and loan review staff to review the quality and anticipated collectability of the portfolio. Additional procedures provide for frequent management review of the loan portfolio based on loan size, loan type, delinquencies, financial analysis, on-going correspondence with borrowers and problem loan work-outs. Management determines which loans are potentially uncollectible, or represent a greater risk of loss, and makes additional provisions to expense, if necessary, to maintain the allowance at a satisfactory level.

The provision for loan losses for the three months ended September 30, 2019 was $2.0 million compared with $1.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2018.  The provision for loan losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was $5.5 million compared with $5.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018.  At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the allowance for loan losses was $40.4 million and $38.4 million, respectively.  Total net charge-offs were $798,000 and $1.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  During the three months ended September 30, 2019, $402,000 of the $798,000 of net charge-offs were in the consumer auto category.  Total net charge-offs were $3.5 million and $4.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, $2.0 million of the $3.5 million of net charge-offs were in the consumer auto category.

In response to a more challenging consumer credit environment, the Company tightened its underwriting guidelines on automobile lending in the latter part of 2016.  Management took this step in an effort to improve credit quality in the portfolio and reduce delinquencies and charge-offs.  This action also resulted in a lower level of origination volume and, as such, the outstanding balance of the Company's automobile loans continued to decline in the nine months ended September 30, 2019.  We expect to see more reductions in the automobile loan outstanding balance as we determined in February 2019 to cease providing indirect lending services to automobile dealerships.  At September 30, 2019, indirect automobile loans totaled approximately $131 million.  We expect this total balance will be largely paid off in the next two to four years.  General market conditions and unique circumstances related to individual borrowers and projects contributed to the level of provisions and charge-offs.  Collateral and repayment evaluations of all assets categorized as potential problem loans, non-performing loans or foreclosed assets were completed with corresponding charge-offs or reserve allocations made as appropriate.

All acquired loans were grouped into pools based on common characteristics and were recorded at their estimated fair values, which incorporated estimated credit losses at the acquisition date.  These loan pools are systematically reviewed by management to determine the risk of losses that may exceed those identified at the time of the acquisition.  Techniques used in determining risk of loss are similar to those used to determine the risk of loss for the legacy Great Southern Bank portfolio, with most focus being placed on those loan pools which include the larger loan relationships and those loan pools which exhibit higher risk characteristics.  Review of the acquired loan portfolio also includes monitoring of payment performance, review of financial information and credit scores, collateral valuations and customer interaction to determine if any additional reserves are warranted.

The Bank’s allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans, excluding FDIC-acquired loans, was 0.99%, 0.98% and 0.97% at September 30, 2019, December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, respectively.  Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio at September 30, 2019, based on recent reviews of the Bank’s loan portfolio and current economic conditions. If economic conditions were to deteriorate or management’s assessment of the loan portfolio were to change, it is possible that additional loan loss provisions would be required, thereby adversely affecting future results of operations and financial condition.

60




Non-performing Assets

Non-performing assets acquired through FDIC-assisted transactions, including foreclosed assets and potential problem loans, are not included in the totals or in the discussion of non-performing loans, potential problem loans and foreclosed assets below.  These assets were initially recorded at their estimated fair values as of their acquisition dates and are accounted for in pools.  Therefore, these loan pools are analyzed rather than the individual loans. The overall performance of the loan pools acquired in each of the five FDIC-assisted transactions has been better than original expectations as of the acquisition dates.

As a result of changes in balances and composition of the loan portfolio, changes in economic and market conditions and other factors specific to a borrower’s circumstances, the level of non-performing assets will fluctuate.

Non-performing assets, excluding all FDIC-assisted acquired assets, at September 30, 2019 were $9.0 million, a decrease of $2.8 million from $11.8 million at December 31, 2018.  Non-performing assets, excluding all FDIC-assisted acquired assets, as a percentage of total assets were 0.18% at September 30, 2019, compared to 0.25% at December 31, 2018.

Compared to December 31, 2018, non-performing loans decreased $1.6 million to $4.7 million at September 30, 2019, and foreclosed assets decreased $1.2 million to $4.3 million at September 30, 2019.  Non-performing one- to four-family residential loans comprised $1.5 million, or 31.7%, of the total non-performing loans at September 30, 2019, a decrease of $1.2 million from December 31, 2018. Non-performing commercial business loans comprised $1.2 million, or 26.7%, of the total non-performing loans at September 30, 2019, a decrease of $192,000 from December 31, 2018.  Non-performing consumer loans comprised $1.2 million, or 26.2%, of the total non-performing loans at September 30, 2019, a decrease of $594,000 from December 31, 2018. Non-performing commercial real estate loans comprised $637,000 million, or 13.6%, of the total non-performing loans at September 30, 2019, an increase of $303,000 from December 31, 2018. Non-performing construction and land development loans comprised $83,000, or 1.8%, of the total non-performing loans at September 30, 2019, an increase of $34,000 from December 31, 2018.

Non-performing Loans.  Activity in the non-performing loans category during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was as follows:

   
Beginning
Balance,
January 1
   
Additions
to Non-
Performing
   
Removed
from Non-
Performing
   
Transfers to
Potential
Problem
Loans
   
Transfers to
Foreclosed
Assets and Repossessions
   
Charge-
Offs
   
Payments
   
Ending
Balance,
September 30
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
One- to four-family construction
 
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
Subdivision construction
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Land development
   
49
     
3,769
     
     
     
(3,498
)
   
(220
)
   
(17
)
   
83
 
Commercial construction
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
One- to four-family residential
   
2,664
     
1,355
     
     
(87
)
   
(1,540
)
   
(490
)
   
(423
)
   
1,479
 
Other residential
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Commercial real estate
   
334
     
4,075
     
(118
)
   
     
(2,900
)
   
     
(754
)
   
637
 
Commercial business
   
1,437
     
50
     
     
     
     
(116
)
   
(126
)
   
1,245
 
Consumer
   
1,816
     
1,533
     
     
(166
)
   
(287
)
   
(1,108
)
   
(566
)
   
1,222
 
                                                                 
Total
 
$
6,300
   
$
10,782
   
$
(118
)
 
$
(253
)
 
$
(8,225
)
 
$
(1,934
)
 
$
(1,886
)
 
$
4,666
 

At September 30, 2019, the non-performing commercial business category included three loans, none of which were added during 2019.  The largest relationship in this category, which was added during 2018, totaled $1.1 million, or 86.3% of the total category.  This relationship is collateralized by an assignment of an interest in a real estate project.  The non-performing one- to four-family residential category included 21 loans, nine of which were added
61




during 2019.  The largest relationship in the category totaled $292,000, or 19.7% of the total category.  This balance is primarily related to a single-family property in Springfield, Missouri.  One relationship in this category, which included nine loans that were collateralized by residential rental homes in the Springfield, Mo. area, was charged down $371,000 during 2019 and the remaining balance of $793,000 was transferred to foreclosed assets.  These residential rental homes were then sold.  The non-performing commercial real estate category included two loans, one of which was added during 2019.  The largest relationship in the category totaled $534,000, or 83.8% of the total category.  This balance is primarily related to a multi-tenant building in Arkansas.  The non-performing consumer category included 111 loans, 53 of which were added during 2019, and the majority of which are indirect used automobile loans.

The significant increases and decreases in non-performing loans during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily related to one borrower relationship.  This relationship totaled approximately $6.7, with collateral consisting of commercial development ground and a single-family property in central Missouri and agricultural ground in Iowa.   The loans in this relationship were all cross-collateralized.  This relationship was represented in the non-performing land development, commercial real estate and one- to four-family categories.  During July 2019, the borrower deeded the properties to the Bank in lieu of foreclosure and prior to September 30, 2019, the land development and commercial real estate assets were sold.

Potential Problem Loans.  Compared to December 31, 2018, potential problem loans increased $1.1 million, or 34.4%, to $4.4 million.  This increase was primarily due to the addition of $2.2 million of loans to potential problem loans, partially offset by $780,000 in payments, $166,000 in loans transferred to non-performing loans and $124,000 in loans transferred to performing loans. Potential problem loans are loans which management has identified through routine internal review procedures as having possible credit problems that may cause the borrowers difficulty in complying with the current repayment terms.  These loans are not reflected in non-performing assets, but are considered in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

Activity in the potential problem loans category during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, was as follows:

   
Beginning
Balance,
January 1
   
Additions
to
Potential
Problem
   
Removed
from
Potential
Problem
   
Transfers to
Non-
Performing
   
Transfers to
Foreclosed
Assets and Repossessions
   
Charge-
Offs
   
Payments
   
Ending
Balance,
September 30
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
One- to four-family construction
 
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
Subdivision construction
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Land development
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Commercial construction
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
One- to four-family residential
   
1,044
     
95
     
     
(151
)
   
     
     
(162
)
   
826
 
Other residential
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Commercial real estate
   
2,053
     
1,931
     
(124
)
   
     
     
     
(526
)
   
3,334
 
Commercial business
   
     
37
     
     
     
     
(21
)
   
(16
)
   
 
Consumer
   
206
     
179
     
     
(15
)
   
(4
)
   
(10
)
   
(76
)
   
280
 
                                                                 
Total
 
$
3,303
   
$
2,242
   
$
(124
)
 
$
(166
)
 
$
(4
)
 
$
(31
)
 
$
(780
)
 
$
4,440
 

At September 30, 2019, the commercial real estate category of potential problem loans included two loans, one of which was added during the first quarter of 2019.  The largest relationship in this category (added during 2018), which totaled $1.9 million, or 57.0% of the total category, is collateralized by a mixed use commercial retail building.  Payments were current on this relationship at September 30, 2019. The second largest relationship in the category (added during the first quarter 2019), which totaled $1.4 million, or 43.0% of the total category, is collateralized by a commercial retail building.  Payments were current at September 30, 2019, and a principal payment of $400,000 was received in July 2019. The one- to four-family residential category of potential problem loans included 17 loans, three of which were added during the current year. The consumer category of potential problem loans included 31 loans, 17 of which were added during the current year.
62





Other Real Estate Owned and Repossessions.  Of the total $7.4 million of other real estate owned and repossessions at September 30, 2019, $1.1 million represents the fair value of foreclosed and repossessed assets related to loans acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions and $2.0 million represents properties which were not acquired through foreclosure. The foreclosed and other assets acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions and the properties not acquired through foreclosure are not included in the following table and discussion of other real estate owned and repossessions.

Activity in other real estate owned and repossessions during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, was as follows:

   
Beginning
Balance,
January 1
   
Additions
   
Sales
   
Capitalized
Costs
   
Write-
Downs
   
Ending
Balance,
September 30
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
One- to four-family construction
 
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
Subdivision construction
   
1,092
     
     
(317
)
   
73
     
(93
)
   
755
 
Land development
   
3,191
     
3,498
     
(3,508
)
   
     
(587
)
   
2,594
 
Commercial construction
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
One- to four-family residential
   
269
     
1,576
     
(1,555
)
   
20
     
     
310
 
Other residential
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Commercial real estate
   
     
2,900
     
(2,900
)
   
     
     
 
Commercial business
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Consumer
   
928
     
3,324
     
(3,587
)
   
     
     
665
 
                                                 
Total
 
$
5,480
   
$
11,298
   
$
(11,867
)
 
$
93
   
$
(680
)
 
$
4,324
 

At September 30, 2019, the land development category of foreclosed assets included six properties, the largest of which was located in the Branson, Mo. area and had a balance of $768,000, or 29.6% of the total category.  Of the total dollar amount in the land development category of foreclosed assets, 49.2% was located in the Branson, Mo. area, including the largest property previously mentioned.  The subdivision construction category of foreclosed assets included four properties, the largest of which was located in the Branson, Mo. area and had a balance of $350,000, or 46.4% of the total category.  Of the total dollar amount in the subdivision construction category of foreclosed assets, 82.1% is located in the Branson, Mo. area, including the largest property previously mentioned.  The one- to four-family residential category of foreclosed assets included one property with a balance of $310,000 that was added in three months ended September 30, 2019. This asset was included in the $6.7 million relationship discussed above under Non-Performing Loans.  The amount of additions and sales in the consumer loans category are due to a higher volume of repossessions of automobiles, which generally are subject to a shorter repossession process.  The Company experienced increased levels of delinquencies and repossessions in indirect and used automobile loans throughout 2016 and 2017.  The level of delinquencies and repossessions in indirect and used automobile loans generally decreased in 2018 and to date in 2019.  The large additions and sales items in the land development and commercial real estate categories are related to the $6.7 million relationship discussed above under Non-Performing Loans.

Non-interest Income

For the three months ended September 30, 2019, non-interest income decreased $5.9 million to $8.7 million when compared to the three months ended September 30, 2018, primarily as a result of the following items:

Gain on sale of business units: On July 20, 2018, the Company closed on the sale of four banking centers in the Omaha, Neb., metropolitan market. The Bank sold branch deposits of approximately $56 million and sold substantially all branch-related real estate, fixed assets and ATMs. The Company recorded a pre-tax gain of $7.4 million on the sale during the 2018 period.

63




Other income:  Other income increased $1.0 million compared to the prior year period.  The Company recognized approximately $510,000 in income related to interest rate swaps in the Company’s back-to-back swap program with loan customers and swap counterparties.  The Company also recognized approximately $184,000 in income related to the exit of certain tax credit partnerships in 2019.  In addition, the Company recognized approximately $329,000 more in income from new debit card contracts than was recognized in the prior year period.  These contracts became effective at the beginning of 2019.

Net gains on loan sales:  Net gains on loan sales increased $604,000 compared to the prior year period.  The increase was due to an increase in originations of fixed-rate loans during the 2019 period compared to the 2018 period.  Fixed rate single-family mortgage loans originated are generally subsequently sold in the secondary market.  In 2019, the Company began originating SBA loans with the purpose of selling the guaranteed portion in the secondary market.  During the three months ended September 30, 2019, a net gain on sale of $108,000 was recorded related to SBA loan sales.

Commissions:  Commissions income decreased $136,000 compared to the prior year quarter.  The decrease was due to annuity sales that were approximately 25% lower in the 2019 period compared to the 2018 period.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, non-interest income decreased $5.7 million to $23.3 million when compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018, primarily as a result of the following items:

Gain on sale of business units: As noted above, on July 20, 2018, the Company closed on the sale of four banking centers in the Omaha, Neb., metropolitan market. The Company recorded a pre-tax gain of $7.4 million on the sale during the 2018 period.

Other income:  Other income increased $2.4 million compared to the prior year period.  This increase was primarily due to gains totaling $677,000 in the 2019 period from the sale of, or recovery of, receivables and assets that were acquired several years ago in FDIC-assisted transactions.  In addition, the Company recognized approximately $1.1 million more in income as a result of the new debit card contracts noted previously.  The Company recognized approximately $565,000 in income related to interest rate swaps in the Company’s back-to-back swap program with loan customers and swap counterparties in the 2019 period compared to $47,000 in the 2018 period.  The Company also recognized approximately $184,000 in income related to the exit of certain tax credit partnerships in 2019.

Service charges and ATM fees:  Service charges and ATM fees decreased $304,000 compared to the prior year period.  This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in overdraft and insufficient funds fees on customer accounts due to decreased levels of such activity.

Net gains on loan sales:  Net gains on loan sales increased $207,000 compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to an increase in originations of fixed-rate loans during the 2019 period as discussed above and the Company’s origination of SBA loans with the purpose of selling the guaranteed portion in the secondary market.  During the period, a net gain on sale of $108,000 was recorded related to SBA loan sales.

Non-interest Expense

For the three months ended September 30, 2019, non-interest expense increased $416,000 to $28.7 million when compared to the three months ended September 30, 2018, primarily as a result of the following items:

Salaries and employee benefits:  Salaries and employee benefits increased $665,000 compared to the prior year period.  The increase was due to staffing additions in the new loan production offices opened in Atlanta and Denver in late 2018, and due to annual employee compensation increases.

Insurance:  Insurance expense decreased $343,000 compared to the prior year period. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in FDIC deposit insurance premiums.  The Bank has a credit with the FDIC for a portion of premiums previously paid to the deposit insurance fund. The deposit insurance fund balance was sufficient to cause no premium to be due for the three months ended September 30, 2019. The Bank’s remaining credit balance should be sufficient to result in no deposit insurance premiums for the next two quarters, provided the deposit insurance fund balance remains at a sufficient level under the banking regulations.
64





Acquired deposit intangible asset amortization:  Acquired deposit intangible amortization expense decreased $123,000 in the three months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the prior year period.  The Company generally amortizes its acquired deposit intangibles over a period of seven years.  The amortization of the intangible related to the InterBank acquisition was completed during the first three months of 2019 and the amortization of the intangible related to the Sun Security Bank acquisition was completed during the second half of 2018.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, non-interest expense decreased $935,000 to $85.6 million when compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018, primarily as a result of the following items:

Expense on other real estate owned and repossessions:  Expense on other real estate owned and repossessions decreased $2.7 million compared to the prior year period primarily due to higher valuation write-downs of certain foreclosed assets and higher levels of expense related to consumer repossessions in 2018.  During the 2018 period, valuation write-downs of certain foreclosed assets totaled approximately $3.6 million, while valuation write-downs in the 2019 period totaled approximately $724,000.

Acquired deposit intangible asset amortization:  Acquired deposit intangible amortization expense decreased $335,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the prior year period.  The Company generally amortizes its acquired deposit intangibles over a period of seven years, as described above.

Insurance:  Insurance expense decreased $335,000 from the prior year period. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in FDIC deposit insurance premiums, as described above.

Salaries and employee benefits:  Salaries and employee benefits increased $2.2 million from the prior year period.  The increase was due to staffing additions in the new loan production offices opened in Atlanta and Denver in late 2018, and due to annual employee compensation increases.

The Company’s efficiency ratio for the three months ended September 30, 2019, was 52.63% compared to 49.16% for the same period in 2018.  The efficiency ratio for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, was 53.94% compared to 56.70% for the same period in 2018.  The higher efficiency ratio in the 2019 three-month period was primarily due to a decrease in non-interest income due to the gain on sale of certain branches in the 2018 period, partially offset by an increase in net interest income.  The improvement in the ratio in the 2019 nine-month period was primarily due to an increase in net interest income and a decrease in non-interest expense, primarily related to a decrease in expenses on other real estate owned and repossessions, partially offset by a decrease in non-interest income due to the gain on sale of certain branches in the 2018 period.  The Company’s ratio of non-interest expense to average assets was 2.34% and 2.37% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively, compared to 2.50% and 2.58% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2018, respectively.  The decreases in the current three month and nine month period ratios were primarily due to an increase in average assets in the 2019 periods compared to the 2018 periods.  Average assets for the three months ended September 30, 2019, increased $382.7 million, or 8.4%, from the three months ended September 30, 2018, primarily due to increases in loans receivable and investment securities.  Average assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, increased $354.4 million, or 7.9%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2018, primarily due to increases in loans receivable and investment securities.

Provision for Income Taxes

On December 22, 2017, the TCJ Act was signed into law. Among other things, the TCJ Act permanently lowered the corporate federal income tax rate to 21% from the prior maximum rate of 35%, effective for tax years including or commencing January 1, 2018.  The Company currently expects its effective tax rate (combined federal and state) to be approximately 17.0% to 18.5% in 2019 and future years, mainly as a result of the TCJ Act.

65




For the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company's effective tax rate was 17.5% and 19.5%, respectively.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company's effective tax rate was 17.6% and 18.2%, respectively.  These effective rates were lower than the statutory federal tax rates of 21%, due primarily to the utilization of certain investment tax credits and to tax-exempt investments and tax-exempt loans, which reduced the Company’s effective tax rate.  The Company’s effective tax rate may fluctuate in future periods as it is impacted by the level and timing of the Company’s utilization of tax credits and the level of tax-exempt investments and loans and the overall level of pre-tax income.  The Company's effective income tax rate is currently expected to continue to be less than the statutory rate due primarily to the factors noted above.

Average Balances, Interest Rates and Yields

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resulting yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates, and the net interest margin. Average balances of loans receivable include the average balances of non-accrual loans for each period. Interest income on loans includes interest received on non-accrual loans on a cash basis.  Interest income on loans includes the amortization of net loan fees which were deferred in accordance with accounting standards.  Net fees included in interest income were $1.0 million and $919,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  Net fees included in interest income were $3.1 million and $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  Tax-exempt income was not calculated on a tax equivalent basis. The table does not reflect any effect of income taxes.























66




   
September 30, 2019(2)
   
Three Months Ended
September 30, 2019
   
Three Months Ended
September 30, 2018
 
   
Yield/
Rate
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
 
   
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
Interest-earning assets:
                                         
Loans receivable:
                                         
  One- to four-family residential
   
4.20
%
 
$
542,892
   
$
7,153
     
5.23
%
 
$
453,090
   
$
5,939
     
5.20
%
  Other residential
   
5.08
     
814,326
     
11,074
     
5.40
     
782,595
     
10,163
     
5.15
 
  Commercial real estate
   
4.93
     
1,471,431
     
19,236
     
5.19
     
1,330,088
     
16,427
     
4.90
 
  Construction
   
5.36
     
730,027
     
10,814
     
5.88
     
593,540
     
8,272
     
5.53
 
  Commercial business
   
5.08
     
253,225
     
3,316
     
5.20
     
291,038
     
3,689
     
5.03
 
  Other loans
   
5.85
     
369,704
     
5,423
     
5.82
     
485,647
     
6,283
     
5.13
 
  Industrial revenue bonds(1)
   
4.86
     
14,770
     
210
     
5.64
     
19,829
     
290
     
5.80
 
                                                         
Total loans receivable
   
5.11
     
4,196,375
     
57,226
     
5.41
     
3,955,827
     
51,063
     
5.12
 
                                                         
Investment securities(1)
   
3.23
     
342,277
     
2,534
     
2.94
     
193,390
     
1,425
     
2.92
 
Other interest-earning assets
   
2.02
     
79,344
     
427
     
2.13
     
97,739
     
494
     
2.01
 
                                                         
Total interest-earning assets
   
4.90
     
4,617,996
     
60,187
     
5.17
     
4,246,956
     
52,982
     
4.95
 
Non-interest-earning assets:
                                                       
  Cash and cash equivalents
           
93,293
                     
97,033
                 
  Other non-earning assets
           
202,361
                     
186,994
                 
Total assets
         
$
4,913,650
                   
$
4,530,983
                 
                                                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                       
Interest-bearing demand and savings
   
0.55
   
$
1,501,697
     
2,030
     
0.54
   
$
1,506,907
     
1,523
     
0.40
 
Time deposits
   
2.21
     
1,728,620
     
9,762
     
2.24
     
1,376,907
     
5,829
     
1.68
 
Total deposits
   
1.43
     
3,230,317
     
11,792
     
1.45
     
2,883,814
     
7,352
     
1.01
 
Short-term borrowings, repurchase agreements and other interest-bearing liabilities
   
1.36
     
289,222
     
1,123
     
1.54
     
141,864
     
177
     
0.49
 
Subordinated debentures issued to
    capital trusts
   
3.85
     
25,774
     
253
     
3.90
     
25,774
     
252
     
3.88
 
Subordinated notes
   
5.90
     
74,119
     
1,095
     
5.86
     
73,791
     
1,024
     
5.51
 
FHLBank advances
   
     
     
     
     
216,674
     
1,192
     
2.18
 
                                                         
Total interest-bearing liabilities
   
1.53
     
3,619,432
     
14,263
     
1.56
     
3,341,917
     
9,997
     
1.19
 
Non-interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                       
  Demand deposits
           
670,158
                     
660,629
                 
  Other liabilities
           
37,754
                     
22,428
                 
Total liabilities
           
4,327,344
                     
4,024,974
                 
Stockholders’ equity
           
586,306
                     
506,009
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
         
$
4,913,650
                   
$
4,530,983
                 
                                                         
Net interest income:
                                                       
  Interest rate spread
   
3.37
%
         
$
45,924
     
3.61
%
         
$
42,985
     
3.76
%
  Net interest margin*
                           
3.95
%
                   
4.02
%
Average interest-earning assets to
   average interest-bearing liabilities
           
127.6
%
                   
127.1
%
               

_______________________
*
Defined as the Company’s net interest income divided by total average interest-earning assets.
(1)
Of the total average balances of investment securities, average tax-exempt investment securities were $39.6 million and $53.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. In addition, average tax-exempt loans and industrial revenue bonds were $20.5 million and $23.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Interest income on tax-exempt assets included in this table was $660,000 and $739,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Interest income net of disallowed interest expense related to tax-exempt assets was $601,000 and $690,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
(2)
The yield on loans at September 30, 2019 does not include the impact of the accretable yield (income) on loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions.  See “Net Interest Income” for a discussion of the effect on results of operations for the three months ended September 30, 2019.

67




   
September 30, 2019(2)
   
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2019
   
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2018
 
   
Yield/
Rate
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
 
   
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
Interest-earning assets:
                                         
Loans receivable:
                                         
  One- to four-family residential
   
4.20
%
 
$
518,758
   
$
20,097
     
5.18
%
 
$
440,769
   
$
16,544
     
5.02
%
  Other residential
   
5.08
     
815,008
     
33,334
     
5.47
     
755,536
     
28,349
     
5.02
 
  Commercial real estate
   
4.93
     
1,424,595
     
55,235
     
5.18
     
1,302,940
     
46,753
     
4.80
 
  Construction
   
5.36
     
704,074
     
31,573
     
6.00
     
555,708
     
22,007
     
5.29
 
  Commercial business
   
5.08
     
259,021
     
10,066
     
5.20
     
288,579
     
10,592
     
4.91
 
  Other loans
   
5.85
     
403,176
     
16,576
     
5.50
     
511,735
     
19,170
     
5.01
 
  Industrial revenue bonds(1)
   
4.86
     
14,970
     
671
     
5.99
     
22,056
     
1,032
     
6.25
 
                                                         
Total loans receivable
   
5.11
     
4,139,602
     
167,552
     
5.41
     
3,877,323
     
144,447
     
4.98
 
                                                         
Investment securities(1)
   
3.23
     
310,227
     
7,201
     
3.10
     
189,686
     
4,026
     
2.84
 
Other interest-earning assets
   
2.02
     
87,193
     
1,514
     
2.32
     
105,831
     
1,335
     
1.69
 
                                                         
Total interest-earning assets
   
4.90
     
4,537,022
     
176,267
     
5.19
     
4,172,840
     
149,808
     
4.80
 
Non-interest-earning assets:
                                                       
  Cash and cash equivalents
           
92,208
                     
98,879
                 
  Other non-earning assets
           
191,296
                     
194,441
                 
Total assets
         
$
4,820,526
                   
$
4,466,160
                 
                                                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                       
Interest-bearing demand and savings
   
0.55
   
$
1,491,255
     
5,723
     
0.51
   
$
1,548,273
     
4,268
     
0.37
 
Time deposits
   
2.21
     
1,711,692
     
28,121
     
2.20
     
1,331,098
     
14,790
     
1.49
 
Total deposits
   
1.43
     
3,202,947
     
33,844
     
1.41
     
2,879,371
     
19,058
     
0.88
 
Short-term borrowings, repurchase agreements and other interest-bearing liabilities
   
1.36
     
264,111
     
2,904
     
1.47
     
127,696
     
385
     
0.40
 
Subordinated debentures issued to
    capital trusts
   
3.85
     
25,774
     
787
     
4.08
     
25,774
     
692
     
3.59
 
Subordinated notes
   
5.90
     
74,012
     
3,283
     
5.93
     
73,752
     
3,073
     
5.57
 
FHLBank advances
   
     
     
     
     
198,778
     
2,964
     
1.99
 
                                                         
Total interest-bearing liabilities
   
1.53
     
3,566,844
     
40,818
     
1.53
     
3,305,371
     
26,172
     
1.06
 
Non-interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                       
  Demand deposits
           
661,446
                     
648,257
                 
  Other liabilities
           
32,620
                     
20,678
                 
Total liabilities
           
4,260,910
                     
3,974,306
                 
Stockholders’ equity
           
559,616
                     
491,854
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
         
$
4,820,526
                   
$
4,466,160
                 
                                                         
Net interest income:
                                                       
  Interest rate spread
   
3.37
%
         
$
135,449
     
3.66
%
         
$
123,636
     
3.74
%
  Net interest margin*
                           
3.99
%
                   
3.96
%
Average interest-earning assets to
   average interest-bearing liabilities
           
127.2
%
                   
126.2
%
               

_______________________
*
Defined as the Company’s net interest income divided by total average interest-earning assets.
(1)
Of the total average balances of investment securities, average tax-exempt investment securities were $43.6 million and $54.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. In addition, average tax-exempt loans and industrial revenue bonds were $21.1 million and $25.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Interest income on tax-exempt assets included in this table was $1.9 million and $2.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Interest income net of disallowed interest expense related to tax-exempt assets was $1.7 million and $2.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
(2)
The yield on loans at September 30, 2019 does not include the impact of the accretable yield (income) on loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions.  See “Net Interest Income” for a discussion of the effect on results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.
68




Rate/Volume Analysis

The following tables present the dollar amounts of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the periods shown. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in rate (i.e., changes in rate multiplied by old volume) and (ii) changes in volume (i.e., changes in volume multiplied by old rate). For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately to volume and rate. Tax-exempt income was not calculated on a tax equivalent basis.

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2019 vs. 2018
 
   
Increase
       
   
(Decrease)
   
Total
 
   
Due to
   
Increase
 
   
Rate
   
Volume
   
(Decrease)
 
   
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
Interest-earning assets:
                 
Loans receivable
 
$
2,967
   
$
3,196
   
$
6,163
 
Investment securities
   
7
     
1,102
     
1,109
 
Other interest-earning assets
   
33
     
(100
)
   
(67
)
Total interest-earning assets
   
3,007
     
4,198
     
7,205
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                       
Demand deposits
   
512
     
(5
)
   
507
 
Time deposits
   
2,229
     
1,704
     
3,933
 
Total deposits
   
2,741
     
1,699
     
4,440
 
Short-term borrowings
   
640
     
306
     
946
 
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust
   
1
     
     
1
 
Subordinated notes
   
66
     
5
     
71
 
FHLBank advances
   
     
(1,192
)
   
(1,192
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
   
3,448
     
818
     
4,266
 
Net interest income
 
$
(441
)
 
$
3,380
   
$
2,939
 

   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2019 vs. 2018
 
   
Increase
       
   
(Decrease)
   
Total
 
   
Due to
   
Increase
 
   
Rate
   
Volume
   
(Decrease)
 
   
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
Interest-earning assets:
                 
Loans receivable
 
$
12,963
   
$
10,142
   
$
23,105
 
Investment securities
   
408
     
2,767
     
3,175
 
Other interest-earning assets
   
336
     
(157
)
   
179
 
Total interest-earning assets
   
13,707
     
12,752
     
26,459
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                       
Demand deposits
   
1,606
     
(151
)
   
1,455
 
Time deposits
   
8,345
     
4,986
     
13,331
 
Total deposits
   
9,951
     
4,835
     
14,786
 
Short-term borrowings
   
1,795
     
724
     
2,519
 
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust
   
95
     
     
95
 
Subordinated notes
   
207
     
3
     
210
 
FHLBank advances
   
     
(2,964
)
   
(2,964
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
   
12,048
     
2,598
     
14,646
 
Net interest income
 
$
1,659
   
$
10,154
   
$
11,813
 

69





Liquidity

Liquidity is a measure of the Company's ability to generate sufficient cash to meet present and future financial obligations in a timely manner through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or the acquisition of additional funds through liability management. These obligations include the credit needs of customers, funding deposit withdrawals, and the day-to-day operations of the Company. Liquid assets include cash, interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions and certain investment securities and loans. As a result of the Company’s management of the ability to generate liquidity primarily through liability funding, management believes that the Company maintains overall liquidity sufficient to satisfy its depositors' requirements and meet its borrowers’ credit needs. At September 30, 2019, the Company had commitments of approximately $236.7 million to fund loan originations, $1.12 billion of unused lines of credit and unadvanced loans, and $29.2 million of outstanding letters of credit.

Loan commitments and the unfunded portion of loans at the dates indicated were as follows (in thousands):

   
September 30,
2019
   
June 30,
2019
   
March 31,
2019
   
December 31,
2018
   
December 31,
2017
   
December 31,
2016
 
Closed loans with unused available lines
                                   
   Secured by real estate (one- to four-family)
 
$
152,828
   
$
153,871
   
$
154,400
   
$
150,948
   
$
133,587
   
$
123,433
 
   Secured by real estate (not one- to four-family)
   
20,003
     
13,237
     
10,450
     
11,063
     
10,836
     
26,062
 
   Not secured by real estate - commercial business
   
92,095
     
80,887
     
83,520
     
87,480
     
113,317
     
79,937
 
                                                 
Closed construction loans with unused
     available lines
                                               
   Secured by real estate (one-to four-family)
   
38,323
     
28,023
     
33,818
     
37,162
     
20,919
     
10,047
 
   Secured by real estate (not one-to four-family)
   
773,375
     
818,047
     
831,155
     
906,006
     
718,277
     
542,326
 
                                                 
Loan Commitments not closed
                                               
   Secured by real estate (one-to four-family)
   
55,989
     
49,694
     
36,945
     
24,253
     
23,340
     
15,884
 
   Secured by real estate (not one-to four-family)
   
176,138
     
110,647
     
134,607
     
104,871
     
156,658
     
119,126
 
   Not secured by real estate - commercial business
   
4,535
     
4,535
     
     
405
     
4,870
     
7,022
 
                                                 
   
$
1,313,286
   
$
1,258,941
   
$
1,284,895
   
$
1,322,188
   
$
1,181,804
   
$
923,837
 

The Company's primary sources of funds are customer deposits, FHLBank advances, other borrowings, loan repayments, unpledged securities, proceeds from sales of loans and available-for-sale securities and funds provided from operations. The Company utilizes particular sources of funds based on the comparative costs and availability at the time. The Company has from time to time chosen not to pay rates on deposits as high as the rates paid by certain of its competitors and, when believed to be appropriate, supplements deposits with less expensive alternative sources of funds.

At September 30, 2019, the Company had these available secured lines and on-balance sheet liquidity:

Federal Home Loan Bank line
$793.3 million
Federal Reserve Bank line
$369.0 million
Cash and cash equivalents
$190.9 million
Unpledged securities
$186.6 million

Statements of Cash Flows. During both the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company had positive cash flows from operating activities.  The Company experienced negative cash flows from investing activities during both the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.  The Company had positive cash flows from financing activities during both the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.
70





Cash flows from operating activities for the periods covered by the Statements of Cash Flows have been primarily related to changes in accrued and deferred assets, credits and other liabilities, the provision for loan losses, depreciation and amortization, realized gains on sales of loans and the amortization of deferred loan origination fees and discounts (premiums) on loans and investments, all of which are non-cash or non-operating adjustments to operating cash flows. Net income adjusted for non-cash and non-operating items and the origination and sale of loans held for sale were the primary source of cash flows from operating activities. Operating activities provided cash flows of $64.2 million and $73.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, investing activities used cash of $264.5 million, primarily due to the purchase of loans and the net origination of loans, the purchase of investment securities and the purchase of equipment, partially offset by the sale of other real estate owned, the sale of investment securities and payments received on investment securities. Investing activities in the 2018 period used cash of $289.3 million, primarily due to the purchase of loans, the net origination of loans and the purchase of equipment, partially offset by the sale of other real estate owned and payments received on investment securities. Also in 2018, the Company used cash of $50.4 million in connection with the sale of its Omaha, Neb. branches.

Changes in cash flows from financing activities during the periods covered by the Statements of Cash Flows are due to changes in deposits after interest credited, changes in FHLBank advances and changes in short-term borrowings, as well as advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance, dividend payments to stockholders, purchases of the Company’s common stock and the exercise of common stock options.  Financing activities provided cash of $188.5 million and $182.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  In the 2019 nine-month period, financing activities provided cash primarily as a result of net increases in checking account balances and certificates of deposit, partially offset by decreases in short-term borrowings.  Net cash provided during the 2018 nine-month period was due primarily to net increases in FHLBank advances and certificates of deposit.  Financing activities in the future are expected to primarily include changes in deposits, changes in FHLBank advances, changes in short-term borrowings and dividend payments to stockholders.

Capital Resources

Management continuously reviews the capital position of the Company and the Bank to ensure compliance with minimum regulatory requirements, as well as to explore ways to increase capital either by retained earnings or other means.

At September 30, 2019, the Company's total stockholders' equity and common stockholders’ equity were each $596.8 million, or 12.0% of total assets, equivalent to a book value of $41.98 per common share. At December 31, 2018, total stockholders' equity and common stockholders’ equity were each $532.0 million, or 11.4% of total assets, equivalent to a book value of $37.59 per common share. At September 30, 2019, the Company’s tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 11.9%, compared to 11.2% at December 31, 2018. (See Non-GAAP Financial Measures below).  Included in stockholders’ equity at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, were unrealized gains (net of taxes) on the Company’s available-for-sale investment securities and cash flow hedges (interest rate swap) totaling $41.1 million and $9.6 million, respectively.  This increase in unrealized gains primarily resulted from lower market interest rates, which increased the fair value of the derivatives and investment securities.

Banks are required to maintain minimum risk-based capital ratios. These ratios compare capital, as defined by the risk-based regulations, to assets adjusted for their relative risk as defined by the regulations. Under current guidelines banks must have a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.50%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.00%, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.00%, and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.00%. To be considered "well capitalized," banks must have a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.50%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.00%, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10.00%, and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5.00%. On September 30, 2019, the Bank's common equity Tier 1 capital ratio
71




was 12.8%, its Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.8%, its total capital ratio was 13.6% and its Tier 1 leverage ratio was 12.2%. As a result, as of September 30, 2019, the Bank was well capitalized, with capital ratios in excess of those required to qualify as such.  On December 31, 2018, the Bank's common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.4%, its Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.4%, its total capital ratio was 13.3% and its Tier 1 leverage ratio was 12.2%. As a result, as of December 31, 2018, the Bank was well capitalized, with capital ratios in excess of those required to qualify as such.

The FRB has established capital regulations for bank holding companies that generally parallel the capital regulations for banks. On September 30, 2019, the Company's common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 11.7%, its Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.2%, its total capital ratio was 14.7% and its Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.7%. To be considered well capitalized, a bank holding company must have a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.00% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.00%.  As of September 30, 2019, the Company was considered well capitalized, with capital ratios in excess of those required to qualify as such.  On December 31, 2018, the Company's common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 11.4%, its Tier 1 capital ratio was 11.9%, its total capital ratio was 14.4% and its Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.7%. As of December 31, 2018, the Company was considered well capitalized, with capital ratios in excess of those required to qualify as such.

In addition to the minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and total risk-based capital ratio, the Company and the Bank have to maintain a capital conservation buffer consisting of additional common equity Tier 1 capital greater than 2.5% of risk-weighted assets above the required minimum levels in order to avoid limitations on paying dividends, repurchasing shares, and paying discretionary bonuses.  This capital conservation buffer requirement began phasing in on January 1, 2016 when a buffer greater than 0.625% of risk-weighted assets was required, which amount increased by an additional 0.625% each year until the buffer requirement of greater than 2.5% of risk-weighted assets was fully implemented on January 1, 2019.

For additional information, see “Item 1. Business--Government Supervision and Regulation-Capital” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Dividends. During the three months ended September 30, 2019, the Company declared a common stock cash dividend of $0.34 per share, or 25% of net income per diluted common share for that three month period, and paid a common stock cash dividend of $0.32 per share (which was declared in June 2019).  During the three months ended September 30, 2018, the Company declared a common stock cash dividend of $0.32 per share, or 20% of net income per diluted common share for that three month period, and paid a common stock cash dividend of $0.28 per share (which was declared in June 2018).  During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company declared common stock cash dividends of $1.73 per share, or 44% of net income per diluted common share for that nine month period, and paid common stock cash dividends of $1.71 per share.  During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company declared common stock cash dividends of $0.88 per share, or 25% of net income per diluted common share for that nine month period, and paid common stock cash dividends of $0.80 per share.  The total dividends declared during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, consisted of regular cash dividends of $0.98 per share and a special cash dividend of $0.75 per share.  The Board of Directors meets regularly to consider the level and the timing of dividend payments.  The $0.34 per share dividend declared but unpaid as of September 30, 2019, was paid to stockholders in October 2019. 

Common Stock Repurchases and Issuances. The Company has been in various buy-back programs since May 1990. During the three months ended September 30, 2019, the Company issued 12,438 shares of stock at an average price of $34.28 per share to cover stock option exercises and did not repurchase any shares of its common stock.  During the three months ended September 30, 2018, the Company issued 19,467 shares of stock at an average price of $25.38 per share to cover stock option exercises and did not repurchase any shares of its common stock.  During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company issued 78,896 shares of stock at an average price of $29.89 per share to cover stock option exercises and repurchased 16,040 shares of its common stock at an average price of $52.93 per share.  During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company issued 65,757 shares of stock at an average price of $25.38 per share to cover stock option exercises and did not repurchase any shares of its common stock.

72




On April 18, 2018, the Company's Board of Directors authorized management to repurchase up to 500,000 shares of the Company's outstanding common stock, under a program of open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions. The plan does not have an expiration date.  Management has historically utilized stock buy-back programs from time to time as long as management believed that repurchasing the stock would contribute to the overall growth of shareholder value. The number of shares of stock that will be repurchased at any particular time and the prices that will be paid are subject to many factors, several of which are outside of the control of the Company. The primary factors, however, are the number of shares available in the market from sellers at any given time, the price of the stock within the market as determined by the market and the projected impact on the Company’s earnings per share and capital. 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

This document contains certain financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), consisting of the tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio.

In calculating the ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets, we subtract period-end intangible assets from common equity and from total assets.  Management believes that the presentation of this measure excluding the impact of intangible assets provides useful supplemental information that is helpful in understanding our financial condition and results of operations, as it provides a method to assess management’s success in utilizing our tangible capital as well as our capital strength.  Management also believes that providing a measure that excludes balances of intangible assets, which are subjective components of valuation, facilitates the comparison of our performance with the performance of our peers.  In addition, management believes that this is a standard financial measure used in the banking industry to evaluate performance.

This non-GAAP financial measure is supplemental and is not a substitute for any analysis based on GAAP financial measures. Because not all companies use the same calculation of non-GAAP measures, this presentation may not be comparable to similarly titled measures as calculated by other companies.

Non-GAAP Reconciliation:  Ratio of Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets

   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2019
   
2018
 
   
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
             
Common equity at period end
 
$
596,770
   
$
531,977
 
Less:  Intangible assets at period end
   
8,386
     
9,288
 
Tangible common equity at period end  (a)
 
$
588,384
   
$
522,689
 
                 
Total assets at period end
 
$
4,972,160
   
$
4,676,200
 
Less:  Intangible assets at period end
   
8,386
     
9,288
 
Tangible assets at period end (b)
 
$
4,963,774
   
$
4,666,912
 
                 
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (a) / (b)
   
11.85
%
   
11.20
%

73





ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk

A principal operating objective of the Company is to produce stable earnings by achieving a favorable interest rate spread that can be sustained during fluctuations in prevailing interest rates. The Company has sought to reduce its exposure to adverse changes in interest rates by attempting to achieve a closer match between the periods in which its interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets can be expected to reprice through the origination of adjustable-rate mortgages and loans with shorter terms to maturity and the purchase of other shorter term interest-earning assets.

Our Risk When Interest Rates Change

The rates of interest we earn on assets and pay on liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Market interest rates change over time. Accordingly, our results of operations, like those of other financial institutions, are impacted by changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. The risk associated with changes in interest rates and our ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk and is our most significant market risk.

How We Measure the Risk to Us Associated with Interest Rate Changes

In an attempt to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates and comply with applicable regulations, we monitor Great Southern's interest rate risk. In monitoring interest rate risk we regularly analyze and manage assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to actual or potential changes in market interest rates.

The ability to maximize net interest income is largely dependent upon the achievement of a positive interest rate spread that can be sustained despite fluctuations in prevailing interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity is a measure of the difference between amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which either reprice or mature within a given period of time. The difference, or the interest rate repricing "gap," provides an indication of the extent to which an institution's interest rate spread will be affected by changes in interest rates. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities repricing during the same period, and is considered negative when the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets during the same period. Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap within shorter repricing periods would adversely affect net interest income, while a positive gap within shorter repricing periods would result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, the opposite would be true. As of September 30, 2019, Great Southern's interest rate risk models indicate that, generally, rising interest rates are expected to have a positive impact on the Company's net interest income, while declining interest rates are expected to have a negative impact on net interest income. We model various interest rate scenarios for rising and falling rates, including both parallel and non-parallel shifts in rates. The results of our modeling indicate that net interest income is not likely to be significantly affected either positively or negatively in the first twelve months following a rate change, regardless of any changes in interest rates, because our portfolios are relatively well matched in a twelve-month horizon. The effects of interest rate changes, if any, on net interest income are expected to be greater in the 12 to 36 months following rate changes.

The current level and shape of the interest rate yield curve poses challenges for interest rate risk management. Prior to its increase of 0.25% on December 16, 2015, the FRB had last changed interest rates on December 16, 2008. This was the first rate increase since June 29, 2006.  The FRB also implemented rate change increases of 0.25% on eight additional occasions beginning December 14, 2016 and through December 31, 2018, with the Federal Funds rate reaching as high as 2.50%.  After December 2018, the FRB paused its rate increases and, in July, September and October 2019, implemented rate change decreases of 0.25% on each of those occasions. At September 30, 2019, the Federal Funds rate stood at 2.00%.  A substantial portion of Great Southern's loan portfolio ($1.65 billion at
74




September 30, 2019) is tied to the one-month or three-month LIBOR index and will be subject to adjustment at least once within 90 days after September 30, 2019.  Of these loans, $1.64 billion as of September 30, 2019 had interest rate floors. Great Southern also has a portfolio of loans ($232 million at September 30, 2019) tied to a "prime rate" of interest and will adjust immediately with changes to the "prime rate" of interest. During the three months ended September 30, 2019, we did experience some compression of our net interest margin percentage due to 0.50% of Federal Funds rate cuts over a six-week period during that three-month period.  Margin compression primarily resulted from generally unchanged average interest rates on deposits and borrowings and slightly lower yields on investments and other interest-earning assets.  LIBOR interest rates have recently decreased, putting pressure on loan yields, and strong pricing competition for loans and deposits remains in most of our markets.

Interest rate risk exposure estimates (the sensitivity gap) are not exact measures of an institution's actual interest rate risk. They are only indicators of interest rate risk exposure produced in a simplified modeling environment designed to allow management to gauge the Bank's sensitivity to changes in interest rates. They do not necessarily indicate the impact of general interest rate movements on the Bank's net interest income because the repricing of certain categories of assets and liabilities is subject to competitive and other factors beyond the Bank's control. As a result, certain assets and liabilities indicated as maturing or otherwise repricing within a stated period may in fact mature or reprice at different times and in different amounts and cause a change, which potentially could be material, in the Bank's interest rate risk.

In order to minimize the potential for adverse effects of material and prolonged increases and decreases in interest rates on Great Southern's results of operations, Great Southern has adopted asset and liability management policies to better match the maturities and repricing terms of Great Southern's interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Management recommends and the Board of Directors sets the asset and liability policies of Great Southern which are implemented by the Asset and Liability Committee. The Asset and Liability Committee is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and is comprised of members of Great Southern's senior management. The purpose of the Asset and Liability Committee is to communicate, coordinate and control asset/liability management consistent with Great Southern's business plan and board-approved policies. The Asset and Liability Committee establishes and monitors the volume and mix of assets and funding sources taking into account relative costs and spreads, interest rate sensitivity and liquidity needs. The objectives are to manage assets and funding sources to produce results that are consistent with liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk, and profitability goals. The Asset and Liability Committee meets on a monthly basis to review, among other things, economic conditions and interest rate outlook, current and projected liquidity needs and capital positions and anticipated changes in the volume and mix of assets and liabilities. At each meeting, the Asset and Liability Committee recommends appropriate strategy changes based on this review. The Chief Financial Officer or his designee is responsible for reviewing and reporting on the effects of the policy implementations and strategies to the Board of Directors at their monthly meetings.

In order to manage its assets and liabilities and achieve the desired liquidity, credit quality, interest rate risk, profitability and capital targets, Great Southern has focused its strategies on originating adjustable rate loans or loans with fixed rates that mature in less than five years, and managing its deposits and borrowings to establish stable relationships with both retail customers and wholesale funding sources.

At times, depending on the level of general interest rates, the relationship between long- and short-term interest rates, market conditions and competitive factors, we may determine to increase our interest rate risk position somewhat in order to maintain or increase our net interest margin.

The Asset and Liability Committee regularly reviews interest rate risk by forecasting the impact of alternative interest rate environments on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity, which is defined as the net present value of an institution's existing assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, and evaluating such impacts against the maximum potential changes in net interest income and market value of portfolio equity that are authorized by the Board of Directors of Great Southern.

75




In the normal course of business, the Company may use derivative financial instruments (primarily interest rate swaps) from time to time to assist in its interest rate risk management.  In 2011, the Company began executing interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies.  Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously hedged by offsetting interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.  Because the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings. These interest rate derivatives result from a service provided to certain qualifying customers and, therefore, are not used to manage interest rate risk in the Company’s assets or liabilities. The Company manages a matched book with respect to its derivative instruments in order to minimize its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.

In October 2018, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction as part of its ongoing interest rate management strategies to hedge the risk of its floating rate loans.  The notional amount of the swap is $400 million with a termination date of October 6, 2025.  Under the terms of the swap, the Company receives a fixed rate of interest of 3.018% and pays a floating rate of interest equal to one-month USD-LIBOR.  The floating rate will be reset monthly and net settlements of interest due to/from the counterparty will also occur monthly.  The floating rate of interest was 2.04213% as of September 30, 2019.  The Company receives net interest settlements which will be recorded as loan interest income to the extent that the fixed rate of interest continues to exceed one-month USD-LIBOR.  If USD-LIBOR exceeds the fixed rate of interest in future periods, the Company is required to pay net settlements to the counterparty and record those net payments as a reduction of interest income on loans.  The effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affected earnings.  Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.

The Company’s interest rate derivatives and hedging activities are discussed further in Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this report.

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

We maintain a system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")) that is designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported accurately and within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate. An evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures was carried out as of September 30, 2019, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and several other members of our senior management. Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of September 30, 2019, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that the information we are required to disclose in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) accumulated and communicated to our management (including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer) to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and (ii) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms.

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(f) under the Act) that occurred during the quarter ended September 30, 2019, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

We do not expect that our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control procedure, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control procedure are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control procedures, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the
76




Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns in controls or procedures can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any control procedure also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control procedure, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.


PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to pending and threatened legal actions, some of which seek substantial relief or damages.  While the ultimate outcome of such legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, after reviewing pending and threatened litigation with counsel, management believes at this time that, except as noted below, the outcome of such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
Item 1A. Risk Factors

There have been no material changes to the risk factors set forth in Part I, Item 1A of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

On April 18, 2018, the Company's Board of Directors authorized management to repurchase up to 500,000 shares of the Company's outstanding common stock, under a program of open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions. The plan does not have an expiration date.  The authorization of this plan terminated the previous repurchase plan, which was approved in November 2006 with an authorization to repurchase up to 700,000 shares of the Company's outstanding common stock.

The following table reflects the Company’s repurchase activity during the three months ended September 30, 2019.

   
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
   
Average
Price
Per Share
   
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
As Part of
Publicly
Announced
Plan
   
Maximum
Number of
Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plan(1)
 
                         
July 1, 2019 – July 31, 2019
   
--
   
$
--
     
--
     
466,418
 
August 1, 2019 – August 31, 2019
   
--
     
--
     
--
     
466,418
 
September 1, 2019 – September 30, 2019
   
--
     
--
     
--
     
466,418
 
     
--
   
$
--
     
--
         

_______________________
 
 
(1)
Amount represents the number of shares available to be repurchased under the April 2018 plan as of the last calendar day of the month shown.
 

77




Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

None.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable

Item 5. Other Information

None.

Item 6. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 
a)
Exhibits
 
   

78

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.
Description
   
(2)
Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, or succession
     
 
(i)
The Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2009, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of TeamBank, N.A., Paola, Kansas, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2.1(i).
     
 
(ii)
The Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of September 4, 2009, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Vantus Bank, Sioux City, Iowa, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 11, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2.1(ii).
     
 
(iii)
The Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2011, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Sun Security Bank, Ellington, Missouri, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 2.1(iii) to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2(iii).
     
 
(iv)
The Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2012, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Inter Savings Bank, FSB, Maple Grove, Minnesota, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 2.1(iv) to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2(iv).
     
 
(v)
The Purchase and Assumption Agreement All Deposits, dated as of June 20, 2014, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Valley Bank, Moline, Illinois, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 2.1(v) to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 20, 2014 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2(v).
     
(3)
Articles of incorporation and Bylaws
     
 
(i)
The Registrant's Charter previously filed with the Commission as Appendix D to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 31, 2004 (File No. 000-18082), is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 3.1.
     
 
(iA)
The Articles Supplementary to the Registrant's Charter setting forth the terms of the Registrant's Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 18, 2011, are incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 3(i).
     
 
(ii)
The Registrant's Bylaws, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 3(ii) to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 19, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 3.2.
     
(4)
Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures
     
 
The Company hereby agrees to furnish the SEC upon request, copies of the instruments defining the rights of the holders of each issue of the Registrant's long-term debt.

79



(9)
Voting trust agreement
     
 
Inapplicable.
     
(10)
Material contracts
     
 
The Registrant's 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission (File No. 000-18082) as Annex A to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 14, 2003, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.2.
     
 (3)
The amended and restated employment agreement dated November 4, 2019 between the Registrant and William V. Turner.
     
 (4)
The amended and restated employment agreement dated November 4, 2019 between the Registrant and Joseph W. Turner.
     
 
The form of incentive stock option agreement under the Registrant's 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File no. 000-18082) filed on February 24, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.5.
     
 
The form of non-qualified stock option agreement under the Registrant's 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File no. 000-18082) filed on February 24, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.6.
     
 
A description of the current salary and bonus arrangements for 2019 for the Registrant's executive officers previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.7.
     
 
A description of the current fee arrangements for the Registrant's directors previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.8.
     
 
Small Business Lending Fund – Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 18, 2011, between the Registrant and the Secretary of the United States Department of the Treasury, previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 18, 2011, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.9.
     
 
The Registrant's 2013 Equity Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission (File No. 000-18082) as Annex A to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 4, 2013, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.10.
     
 
The form of incentive stock option award agreement under the Registrant's 2013 Equity Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File no. 333-189497) filed on June 20, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.11.
     
 
The form of non-qualified stock option award agreement under the Registrant's 2013 Equity Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File no. 333-189497) filed on June 20, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.12.
   
 
The form of stock appreciation right award agreement under the Registrant's 2013 Equity Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File no. 333-189497) filed on June 20, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.13.
   
 
The form of restricted stock award agreement under the Registrant's 2013 Equity Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File no. 333-189497) filed on June 20, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.14.

80





 
The Registrant's 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission (File No. 000-18082) as Appendix A to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 27, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.15.
     
 
The form of incentive stock option award agreement under the Registrant's 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File no. 333-225665) filed on June 15, 2018 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.16.
     
 
The form of non-qualified stock option award agreement under the Registrant's 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File no. 333-225665) filed on June 15, 2018 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.17.
     
(15)
Letter re unaudited interim financial information
     
 
Inapplicable.
     
(18)
Letter re change in accounting principles
     
 
Inapplicable.
     
(23)
Consents of experts and counsel
     
 
Inapplicable.
     
(24)
Power of attorney
     
 
None.
     
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer
     
 
Attached as Exhibit 31.1
     
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Treasurer
     
 
Attached as Exhibit 31.2
     
Certification pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
     
 
Attached as Exhibit 32.
     
(99)
Additional Exhibits
     
 
None.
     
(101)
Attached as Exhibit 101 are the following financial statements from the Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2019, formatted in Extensive Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) consolidated statements of financial condition, (ii) consolidated statements of income, (iii) consolidated statements of comprehensive income, (iv) consolidated statements of cash flows and (v) notes to consolidated financial statements.

81


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
 
Registrant
 
 
Date: November 6, 2019
/s/ Joseph W. Turner
 
Joseph W. Turner
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
Date: November 6, 2019
/s/ Rex A. Copeland
 
Rex A. Copeland
Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 














82

EXHIBIT 10.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as of this 4th day of November 2019 by and between Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") and William V. Turner (the "Employee").

WHEREAS, the Employee serves as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company and of the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Great Southern Bank (the "Bank");

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee previously entered into an employment agreement dated September 18, 2002 (the "Prior Agreement");

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors") believes it is in the best interests of the Company and its subsidiaries for the Company to enter into this Agreement with the Employee, which amends and restates the Prior Agreement in its entirety, in order to (a) revise the provisions regarding bonuses and the deferral of certain compensation, (b) ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor provision (the "Code"), (c) clarify the provisions regarding confidential information, and (d) make certain other changes; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has approved and authorized the execution of this Agreement with the Employee;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) The term "Change in Control" means any of the following events: (1) any person or persons acting as a group (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company or the Bank possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding stock of the Company or the Bank; (2) individuals who are members of the Board of Directors of the Company on the date hereof (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason during any 12-month period to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by the nominating committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; (3) any person or persons acting as a group (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets of the Company or the Bank that have a gross fair market value of 40% or more of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company or the Bank immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions; or (4) any other event which is not covered by the foregoing subsections but which the Board of Directors determines to affect control of the Company or the Bank and with respect to which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution that the event constitutes a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement; provided that with respect to each of the events covered by clauses (1) through (4) above, the event must






also be deemed to be either a change in the ownership of the Company or the Bank, a change in the effective control of the Company or the Bank or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company or the Bank within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) The term "Consolidated Subsidiaries" means any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Company (or its successors) that are part of the consolidated group of the Company (or its successors) for federal income tax reporting.

(c) The term "Date of Termination" means the date upon which the Employee's employment with the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries ceases, as specified in a notice of termination pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, provided that all references in this Agreement to a Date of Termination that results in the payment of severance shall mean the date of the Employee's involuntary Separation from Service.

(d) The term "Effective Date" means the date first written above.

(e) The term "Involuntary Termination" means a termination of the employment of the Employee (i) by the Company and the Bank without his express written consent; or (ii) by the Employee by reason of a material diminution of or interference with his duties, responsibilities or benefits, including any of the following actions unless consented to in writing by the Employee: (1) a requirement that the Employee be based at any place other than Springfield, Missouri, or within 50 miles thereof, except for reasonable travel on Company or Bank business; (2) a material demotion of the Employee; (3) a material reduction in the number or seniority of personnel reporting to the Employee or a material reduction in the frequency with which, or in the nature of the matters with respect to which, such personnel are to report to the Employee, other than as part of a Bank- or Company-wide reduction in staff; (4) a material reduction in the Employee's salary or a material adverse change in the Employee's perquisites, benefits, contingent benefits or vacation, other than prior to a Change in Control as part of an overall program applied uniformly and with equitable effect to all members of the senior management of the Bank or the Company; (5) a material permanent increase in the required hours of work or the workload of the Employee; or (6) the failure of the Board of Directors (or a board of directors of a successor of the Company) to elect him as Chairman of the Company (or a successor of the Company) or any action by the Board of Directors (or a board of directors of a successor of the Company) removing him from any of such office, or the failure of the board of directors of the Bank (or any successor of the Bank) to elect him as Chairman of the Bank (or any successor of the Bank) or any action by such board (or board of a successor of the Bank) removing him from any of such office; provided in each case that Involuntary Termination shall mean a Separation from Service as defined herein and that also constitutes an involuntary Separation from Service under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(n). In addition, before the Employee terminates his employment pursuant to clauses (1) through (6) of the preceding sentence, the Employee must first provide written notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition, describing the existence of such condition, and the Company shall thereafter have the right to remedy the condition within thirty (30) days following the date it received the written notice from the Employee. If the Company remedies the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then the Employee shall not have the right to terminate his employment as the result of such event. If the Company does not remedy the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then the Employee may terminate his employment as the result of such event at any time within sixty (60) days following the expiration of such cure period. All references in this Agreement to an Involuntary Termination

2





that results in the payment of severance shall mean an involuntary Separation from Service under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(n).  The term "Involuntary Termination" does not include Termination for Cause, termination of employment due to permanent disability pursuant to Section 7(g) of this Agreement, retirement, death or suspension or temporary or permanent prohibition from participation in the conduct of the affairs of a depository institution under Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

(f) The term "Section 409A" means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

(g) The term "Separation from Service" shall mean a cessation or reduction in the Employee's services for the Company and the Bank (and any other affiliated entities that are deemed to constitute a "service recipient" as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(h)(3)) that constitutes a "Separation from Service" as determined under Section 409A of the Code, taking into account all of the facts, circumstances, rules and presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(h)

(h) The terms "Termination for Cause" and "Terminated for Cause" mean termination of the employment of the Employee because of the Employee's dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (excluding violations which do not have an adverse \effect on the Company or the Bank) or final cease-and-desist order, or (except as provided below) material breach of any provision of this Agreement. No act or failure to act by the Employee shall be considered willful unless the Employee acted or failed to act with an absence of good faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company. The Employee shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Employee a copy of a resolution, duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board duly called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Employee and an opportunity for the Employee to present his views on the matter to the Board either in person without counsel or in writing), stating that in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors the Employee has engaged in conduct described in the preceding sentence and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. The opportunity of the Employee to be heard before the Board shall not affect the right of the Employee to arbitration as set forth in Section 18 of this Agreement.

2. Term; Termination of Prior Employment Agreement. The initial term of this Agreement shall be a period ending on September 30, 2024, subject to earlier termination as provided herein. On each October 1St, commencing October 1, 2020, the term shall be extended for a period of one year in addition to the then-remaining term, provided that the Company has not given notice to the Employee in writing at least 90 days prior to such annual anniversary date that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended further, and provided further that the Employee has not received an unsatisfactory performance review by either the Board of Directors or the board of directors of the Bank.

3. Employment. The Employee is employed as the Chairman of the Company and the Bank. As such, the Employee shall render administrative and management services as are customarily performed by persons situated in similar executive capacities, and shall have such other powers and duties as the Board of Directors or the board of directors of the Bank may

3





prescribe from time to time. The Employee shall also render services to any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Company or the Bank as requested by the Company or the Bank from time to time consistent with his executive position. The Employee shall devote his best efforts and reasonable time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company and the Bank to the extent necessary to discharge his responsibilities hereunder. The Employee may (i) serve on corporate or charitable boards or committees, and (ii) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere materially with performance of his responsibilities hereunder.

4. Cash Compensation.

(a) Salary. The Company agrees to pay the Employee during the term of this Agreement a base salary (the "Company Salary") the annualized amount of which shall be not less than the annualized aggregate amount of the Employee's base salary from the Company and any Consolidated Subsidiaries in effect at the Effective Date; provided that any amounts of salary actually paid to the Employee by any Consolidated Subsidiaries shall reduce the amount to be paid by the Company to the Employee. The Company Salary, excluding the bonus, shall be paid no less frequently than monthly and shall be subject to customary tax withholding. The amount of the Employee's Company Salary may be increased (but shall not be decreased other than prior to a Change in Control as part of an overall program applied uniformly and with equitable effect to all members of senior management of the Company or the Bank) from time to time in accordance with the amounts of salary approved by the Board of Directors or the board of directors of any of the Consolidated Subsidiaries after the Effective Date, or by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of any of the foregoing entities.

(b) Bonuses. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in an equitable manner with all other executive officers of the Company and the Bank in such performance-based and discretionary bonuses, if any, as are authorized and declared by the Board of Directors for executive officers of the Company and by the board of directors of the Bank for executive officers of the Bank, or by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of any of the foregoing entities. Any bonus shall be paid not later than 21/2 months after the year in which the Employee obtains a legally binding right to the bonus. If the bonus cannot be paid by that date, then it shall be paid on the next following April 15, or such other date during the year as permitted under Section 409A.

(c) Expenses. The Employee shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in performing services under this Agreement in accordance with the policies and procedures applicable to the executive officers of the Company and the Bank, provided that the Employee accounts for such expenses as required under such policies and procedures.

(d) Deferral of Non-Deductible Compensation. In the event that the Employee's aggregate compensation (including compensatory benefits which are deemed remuneration for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code) from the Company and the Consolidated Subsidiaries for any year ending on or before December 31, 2019 exceeds the greater of (i) $1,000,000 or (ii) the maximum amount of compensation deductible by the Company or any of the Consolidated Subsidiaries in any calendar year under Section 162(m) of the Code (the "maximum allowable amount"), then any such amount in excess of the maximum allowable amount shall be mandatorily deferred (with interest thereon at an annual rate equal to the federal short-term rate under

4





Section 1274(d)(1) of the Code, determined as of the last day of the calendar year in which the Employee's compensation is first not deductible under Section 162(m) of the Code, per annum, compounded annually. Any amount deferred under this Section 4(d) shall be paid either (A) during the first calendar year in which the Company reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the deferred amount (or a portion thereof) is paid during such year, the deductibility of the amount paid during such year will not be barred by Section 162(m) of the Code, or (B) if the Employee has a Separation from Service, on January Pt of the first year following the date of the Separation from Service; provided, however, if the Employee is a "Specified Employee" (as defined in Section 409A) at the time of his Separation from Service, then any amount payable under clause (B) which is not covered by the separation pay plan exemption from Section 409A set forth in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and as such constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A, shall not be paid until the first business day of the later of (x) the first January following the date of the Employee's Separation from Service, (y) the seventh month following the Employee's Separation from Service, or (z) the nineteenth month following the Effective Date.The provisions of this subsection shall survive any termination of the Employee's employment and any termination of this Agreement.

5. Benefits.

(a) Participation in Benefit Plans. The Employee shall be entitled to participate, to the same extent as executive officers of the Company and the Bank generally, in all plans of the Company and the Bank relating to pension, retirement, thrift, profit-sharing, savings, group or other life insurance, hospitalization, medical and dental coverage, travel and accident insurance, education, cash bonuses, and other retirement or employee benefits or combinations thereof In addition, the Employee shall be entitled to be considered for benefits under all of the stock and stock option related plans in which the Company's or the Bank's executive officers are eligible or become eligible to participate.

(b) Fringe Benefits. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in, and receive benefits under, any other fringe benefit plans or perquisites which are or may become generally available to the Company's or the Bank's executive officers, including but not limited to supplemental retirement, incentive compensation, supplemental medical or life insurance plans, company cars, club dues, physical examinations, financial planning and tax preparation services.

6. Vacations; Leave. The Employee shall be entitled to annual paid vacation in accordance with the policies established by the Board of Directors and the board of directors of the Bank for executive officers, in no event less than four weeks per year, and to voluntary leaves of absence, with or without pay, from time to time at such times and upon such conditions as the Board of Directors may determine in its discretion.

7. Termination of Employment.

(a) Involuntary Termination. If the Employee experiences an Involuntary Termination, such termination of employment shall be subject to the Company's obligations under this Section 7. In the event of the Involuntary Termination of the Employee, if the Employee has offered to continue to provide the services contemplated by and on the terms provided in this Agreement and such offer has been declined, then the Company shall, during the portion of the term of this Agreement remaining following the Date of Termination (the "Liquidated Damage

5





Period"), as damages for breach of contract, pay to the Employee monthly one-twelfth of the Company Salary at the annual rate in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination and one-twelfth of the average annual amount of cash bonus and cash incentive compensation of the Employee, based on the average amounts of such compensation earned by the Employee from the Company and the Bank for the two full fiscal years preceding the Date of Termination, with such payments to commence as of the first business day of the month following the date of the Involuntary Termination, except as otherwise set forth below or in Section 7(c) below. If the Employee is a "Specified Employee" (as defined in Section 409A) at the time of his Separation from Service, then any payments under this Section 7(a) which are not covered by the separation pay plan exemption from Section 409A set forth in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and as such constitute deferred compensation under Section 409A, shall not be paid until the first business day of the later of (A) the seventh month following the Employee's Separation from Service, or (B) the nineteenth month following the Effective Date, except that if the Employee dies beforehand, the payments made be made on the first business day following the date of his death (the "Delayed Distribution Date"). Any payments deferred on account of the preceding sentence shall be accumulated without interest and paid with the first payment that is payable in accordance with the preceding sentence and Section 409A. To the extent permitted by Section 409A, amounts payable under this Section 7(a) which are considered deferred compensation shall be treated as payable after amounts which are not considered deferred compensation (i.e., which are considered payable on account of an involuntary Separation from Service as herein defined pursuant to a separation pay plan).

(b) Change in Control. In the event that the Employee experiences an Involuntary Termination within the 12 months preceding, at the time of, or within 24 months following a Change in Control, then in addition to the Company's obligations under Section 7(a) of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to 299% of the Employee's "base amount" as determined under Section 280G of the Code, with such amount to be paid in equal monthly installments over the then remaining Liquidated Damage Period, except as set forth below or in Section 7(c) below. If the Employee is a "Specified Employee" (as defined in Section 409A) at the time of his Separation from Service, then payments under this Section 7(b) which are not covered by the separation pay plan exemption from Section 409A set forth in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and as such constitute deferred compensation under Section 409A, shall not be paid until the Delayed Distribution Date. Any payments deferred on account of the preceding sentence shall be accumulated without interest and paid with the first payment that is payable in accordance with the preceding sentence and Section 409A. To the extent permitted by Section 409A, amounts payable under this Section 7(b) which are considered deferred compensation shall be treated as payable after amounts which are not considered deferred compensation (i.e., which are considered payable on account of an involuntary Separation from Service as herein defined pursuant to a separation pay plan).

(c) Year-End Straddle Provision. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement, in the event any payment under this Section 7 is made contingent upon the execution of a general release and the time period that the Employee has to consider the terms of such general release (including any revocation period under such release) commences in one calendar year and ends in the succeeding calendar year, then the payment shall not be paid until the succeeding calendar year. Payments that would have otherwise been made in the year in

6





which the Date of Termination occurs in the absence of this Section 7(c) shall be accumulated without interest and paid in the immediately succeeding calendar year as soon as practicable following the execution of the general release and the expiration of the revocation period.

(d) Termination for Cause. In the event of Termination for Cause, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Employee under this Agreement after the Date of Termination other than deferred amounts under Section 4(d).

(e) Voluntary Termination. The Employee may terminate his employment voluntarily at any time by a notice pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement. In the event that the Employee voluntarily terminates his employment other than by reason of any of the actions that constitute Involuntary Termination under Section 1(e)(ii) of this Agreement ("Voluntary Termination"), the Company shall be obligated to the Employee for the amount of his Company Salary and benefits only through the Date of Termination, at the time such payments are due, and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Employee under this Agreement except as provided in Section 4(d).

(f) Death. In the event of the death of the Employee while employed under this Agreement and prior to any termination of employment, the Company shall pay to the Employee's estate, or such person or beneficiary as the Employee may have previously designated in writing, (i) a lump sum equal to the Company Salary which was not previously paid to the Employee and the Company Salary which he would have earned if he had continued to be employed under this Agreement through the 180th day after the date on which the Employee died; (ii) the amounts of any benefits or awards which, pursuant to the terms of any applicable plan or plans, were earned with respect to the fiscal year in which the Employee died and which the Employee would have been entitled to receive if he had continued to be employed, and the amount of any bonus or incentive compensation for such fiscal year which the Employee would have been entitled to receive if he had continued to be employed, pro-rated in accordance with the portion of the fiscal year prior to his death, provided that such amounts shall be payable when and as ordinarily payable under the applicable plans; and (iii) the unpaid deferred amounts under Section 4(d). The lump sum payable pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 7(f) shall be payable within 30 days following the date of death.

(g) Permanent Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "permanently disabled" means that the Employee has a mental or physical infirmity which permanently impairs his ability to perform substantially his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement and which results in (i) eligibility of the Employee under the long-term disability plan of the Company or the Bank, if any; or (ii) inability of the Employee to perform substantially his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement for a period of 180 consecutive days. Either the Company or the Bank or both may terminate the employment of the Employee after having established that the Employee is permanently disabled.

(h) Regulatory Action. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement:

(1) If the Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of a depository institution by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA"), 12 U.S.C. § 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected; and

7





(2) If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIA), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this provision shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

8. Tax Gross-Up

(a) If the payments and benefits pursuant to this Agreement, either alone or together with other payments and benefits which the Employee has the right to receive from the Company and its subsidiaries (or their successors), would constitute a "parachute payment" as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (the "Initial Parachute Payment"), then the Company shall pay to the Employee, within ten (10) business days after the Date of Termination and subject to applicable withholding requirements, a lump sum cash amount equal to the sum of the following:

(i) twenty (20) percent (or such other percentage equal to the tax rate imposed by Section 4999 of the Code) of the amount by which the Initial Parachute Payment exceeds the Employee's "base amount" from the Company and its subsidiaries, as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code, with the difference between the Initial Parachute Payment and the Employee's base amount being hereinafter referred to as the "Initial Excess Parachute Payment"; and

(ii) such additional amount (tax allowance) as may be necessary to compensate the Employee for the payment by the Employee of federal, state and local income and excise taxes on the payment provided under clause (i) above and on any payments under this clause (ii). In computing such tax allowance, the payment to be made under clause (i) above shall be multiplied by the "gross up percentage" ("GUP"). The GUP shall be determined as follows:

 
GUP = Tax Rate        
            1 - Tax Rate
 
   

The Tax Rate for purposes of computing the GUP shall be the highest marginal federal, state and local income and employment-related tax rate (including Social Security and Medicare taxes), including any applicable excise tax rate, applicable to the Employee in the year in which the payment under clause (i) above is made, and shall also reflect the phase-out of deductions and the ability to deduct certain of such taxes.

The Company's independent tax counsel or accountants shall review each calendar year during the Liquidated Damage Period the determination of the Initial Excess Parachute Payment and shall adjust, to the extent necessary and appropriate, the amount payable pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 8(a) (the "Annual Adjustment Amount"). In the event there is an Annual Adjustment Amount, then the Company's independent tax counsel or accountants shall notify the Company and the Employee of the amount the Employee must pay to the Company or the Company must pay to the Employee in order to put the Employee (or the Company, as the case may be) in the same position the Employee (or the Company, as the case may be) would have been if the Initial Excess Parachute Payment had reflected the Annual Adjustment Amount. In determining the Annual Adjustment Amount, the independent tax counsel or accountants shall take into account any and all taxes (including any penalties and interest) paid by or for the

8





Employee or refunded to the Employee or for the Employee's benefit. As soon as practicable after the Annual Adjustment Amount has been so determined, and in no event more than thirty (30) days after the Annual Adjustment Amount has been so determined, the Company shall pay the Annual Adjustment Amount to the Employee or the Employee shall repay the Annual Adjustment Amount to the Company, as the case may be.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it shall subsequently be determined in a final
judicial determination or a final administrative settlement to which the Employee is a party that the actual excess parachute payment as defined in Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code (before giving effect to the payments under Sections 8(a)(i) and (ii) above) is different from the Initial Excess Parachute Payment, as adjusted by the cumulative Annual Adjustment Amounts (such different amount being hereafter referred to as the "Determinative Excess Parachute Payment"), then the Company's independent tax counsel or accountants shall determine the amount (the "Final Adjustment Amount") which either the Employee must pay to the Company or the Company must pay to the Employee in order to put the Employee (or the Company, as the case may be) in the same position the Employee (or the Company, as the case may be) would have been if the Initial Excess Parachute Payment had been equal to the Determinative Excess Parachute Payment. In determining the Final Adjustment Amount, the independent tax counsel or accountants shall take into account any and all taxes (including any penalties and interest) paid by or for the Employee or refunded to the Employee or for the Employee's benefit. As soon as practicable after the Final Adjustment Amount has been so determined, and in no event more than thirty (30) days after the Final Adjustment Amount has been so determined, the Company shall pay the Final Adjustment Amount to the Employee or the Employee shall repay the Final Adjustment Amount to the Company, as the case may be.

(c) In each calendar year that the Employee receives payments of benefits that constitute a parachute payment, the Employee shall report on his federal, state and local income tax returns such information as is consistent with the determination made by the independent tax counsel or accountants of the Company as described above. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Employee harmless from any and all losses, costs and expenses (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, interest, fines and penalties) which the Employee incurs as a result of so reporting such information, with such indemnification to be paid by the Company to the Employee as soon as practicable and in any event no later than March 15 of the year immediately following the year in which the amount subject to indemnification was determined. The Employee shall promptly notify the Company in writing whenever the Employee receives notice of the institution of a judicial or administrative proceeding, formal or informal, in which the federal tax treatment under Section 4999 of the Code of any amount paid or payable under this Section 8 is being reviewed or is in dispute. The Company shall assume control at its expense over all legal and accounting matters pertaining to such federal tax treatment (except to the extent necessary or appropriate for the Employee to resolve any such proceeding with respect to any matter unrelated to amounts paid or payable pursuant to this Section 8) and the Employee shall cooperate fully with the Company in any such proceeding. The Employee shall not enter into any compromise or settlement or otherwise prejudice any rights the Company may have in connection therewith without the prior consent of the Company.

9. Notice of Termination. In the event that the Company or the Bank, or both, desire to terminate the employment of the Employee during the term of this Agreement, the Company or the Bank, or both, shall deliver to the Employee a written notice of termination, stating whether such termination constitutes Termination for Cause or Involuntary Termination or is due to

9





permanent disability, setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances that are the basis for the termination, and specifying the date upon which employment shall terminate, which date shall be at least 30 days after the date upon which the notice is delivered, except in the case of Termination for Cause. In the event that the Employee determines in good faith that he has experienced an event giving rise to an Involuntary Termination of his employment if not cured, he shall send a written notice to the Company in accordance with Section 1(e) of this Agreement In the event that the Employee desires to effect a Voluntary Termination, he shall deliver a written notice to the Company, stating the date upon which employment shall terminate, which date shall be at least 30 days after the date upon which the notice is delivered, unless the parties agree to a date sooner.

10. Attorneys' Fees. The Company shall pay all legal fees and related expenses (including the costs of experts, evidence and counsel) incurred by the Employee as a result of (i) the Employee's contesting or disputing any termination of employment, or (ii) the Employee's seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement or by any other plan or arrangement maintained by the Company (or its successors) or the Consolidated Subsidiaries under which the Employee is or may be entitled to receive benefits; provided that the Company's obligation to pay such fees and expenses is subject to the Employee prevailing with respect to the matters in dispute in any action initiated by the Employee or the Employee having been determined to have acted reasonably and in good faith with respect to any action initiated by the Company or the Bank. The Company agrees to pay such legal fees and related expenses to the extent permitted by law within 60 days following the date the Employee provides notice to the Company with respect to such amounts, and in the event it is subsequently determined that the Employee is not entitled to such payments as a result of the proviso clause in the preceding sentence, the Employee shall repay to the Company within 60 days following such determination any payments for legal fees and related expenses as to which the Employee was not entitled.

11. Non-Disclosure and Non-Solicitation.

(a) Non-Disclosure. The Employee acknowledges that he has acquired, and will continue to acquire while employed by the Company and/or any Consolidated Subsidiary, special knowledge of the business, affairs, strategies and plans of the Company and the Consolidated Subsidiaries which has not been disclosed to the public and which constitutes confidential and proprietary business information owned by the Company and the Consolidated Subsidiaries, including but not limited to, information about the customers, customer lists, software, data, formulae, processes, inventions, trade secrets, marketing information and plans, and business strategies of the Company and the Consolidated Subsidiaries, and other information about the products and services offered or developed or planned to be offered or developed by the Company and/or the Consolidated Subsidiaries ("Confidential Information"). The Employee agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Company, he shall not, during the term of his employment or at any time thereafter, in any manner directly or indirectly disclose any Confidential Information to any person or entity other than the Company and the Consolidated Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employee is requested or required (including but not limited to by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents in legal proceeding, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information, the Employee shall provide the Company with prompt written notice of any such request or requirement so that the Company and/or a Consolidated Subsidiary may seek

10





a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 11(a). If, in the absence of a protective order or other remedy or the receipt of a waiver from the Company, the Employee is nonetheless legally compelled to disclose Confidential Information to any tribunal or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other censure or penalty, the Employee may, without liability hereunder, disclose to such tribunal only that portion of the Confidential Information which is legally required to be disclosed, provided that the Employee exercise his best efforts to preserve the confidentiality of the Confidential Information, including without limitation by cooperating with the Company and/or a Consolidated Subsidiary to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Confidential Information by such tribunal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the parties hereto agree that nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Employee's ability to report information to or file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission that has jurisdiction over the Company or any Consolidated Subsidiary (the "Government Agencies"). The Employee further understands that this Agreement does not limit his ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company and/or any Consolidated Subsidiary. This Agreement does not limit the Employee's right to receive an award for information provided to any Government Agencies. In addition, pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, the Employee understands that an individual may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made (A) in confidence to a federal, state or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding. Further, an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the employer's trade secrets to the attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if the individual (y) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (z) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order. On the Date of Termination, the Employee shall promptly deliver to the Company all copies of documents or other records (including without limitation electronic records) containing any Confidential Information that is in his possession or under his control, and shall retain no written or electronic record of any Confidential Information.

(b) Non-Solicitation. As partial consideration for the severance payments and tax gross-up to be provided to the Employee pursuant to Sections 7 and 8 of this Agreement, the Employee agrees that during the three-year period next following the Date of Termination, the Employee shall not directly or indirectly solicit, encourage, or induce any person while employed by the Company or any Consolidated Subsidiary to (i) leave the Company or any Consolidated Subsidiary, (ii) cease his or her employment with the Company or any Consolidated Subsidiary or (iii) accept employment with another entity or person.

The provisions of this Section 11 shall survive any termination of the Employee's employment and any termination of this Agreement.

11





12. No Assignments.

(a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto, and neither party may assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Company shall require any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Employee, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession or assignment had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such an assumption agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee to compensation and benefits from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as provided for upon an Involuntary Termination under Section 7 hereof. For purposes of implementing the provisions of this Section 12(a), the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

(b) This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

13. Notice. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the Company at its home office, to the attention of the Board of Directors with a copy to the Secretary of the Company, or, if to the Employee, to such home or other address as the Employee has most recently provided in writing to the Company.

14. Amendments. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise provided.

15. Headings. The headings used in this Agreement are included solely for convenience and shall not affect, or be used in connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement.

16. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

17. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Missouri.

12





18. Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement (other than relating to the enforcement of the provisions of Section 11) shall be settled exclusively by arbitration before a single arbitrator in Springfield, Missouri under the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (the "AAA") then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction. The arbitrator shall be selected by the mutual agreement of the parties within ten (10) business days of the date when the parties shall first have the opportunity to select an arbitrator (the "Selection Period"); provided, however, that if the parties fail to agree upon an arbitrator by the expiration of the Selection Period, then each party shall, within five (5) business days after the expiration of the Selection Period, select an arbitrator from the list of arbitrators provided by the AAA and the two arbitrators so selected by each party, acting independently, shall, as soon as practicable and within thirty (30) days of both being selected, agree upon the selection of the arbitrator to arbitrate the controversy or claim.

19. Equitable and Other Judicial Relief. In the event of an actual or threatened breach by the Employee of any of the provisions of Section 11, the Company shall be entitled to equitable relief in the form of an injunction from a court of competent jurisdiction and such other equitable and legal relief as such court deems appropriate under the circumstances. The parties agree that the Company shall not be required to post any bond in connection with the grant or issuance of an injunction (preliminary, temporary and/or permanent) by a court of competent jurisdiction, and if a bond is nevertheless required, the parties agree that it shall be in a nominal amount. The parties further agree that in the event of a breach by the Employee of any of the provisions of Section 11, the Company will suffer irreparable damage and its remedy at law against the Employee is inadequate to compensate it for such damage.

20. Satisfaction of the Company's Obligations by the Bank. To the extent that the Bank or any other of the Company's Consolidated Subsidiaries pays salary to the Employee or provides benefits to him which the Company is obligated to pay or provide under this Agreement, the Company's obligations under this Agreement shall be deemed to be satisfied.

21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

22. Changes in Statutes or Regulations. If any statutory or regulatory provision referenced herein is subsequently changed or re-numbered, or is replaced by a separate provision, then the references in this Agreement to such statutory or regulatory provision shall be deemed to be a reference to such section as amended, re-numbered or replaced.

23. Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the Company and the Employee with respect to the matters agreed to herein. All prior agreements between the Company and the Employee with respect to the matters agreed to herein, including the Prior Agreement, are hereby superseded and shall have no force or effect.

(Signature page follows)








13




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS A BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION WHICH MAY BE ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

Attest:
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
     
/s/ Doug Marrs
 
/s/ Rex Copeland
Doug Marrs, Secretary
 
Rex Copeland, Treasurer
     
     
     
   
Employee
     
   
/s/ William V. Turner
   
William V. Turner








14

EXHIBIT 10.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as of this 4th day of November 2019 by and between Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") and Joseph W. Turner (the "Employee").

WHEREAS, the Employee serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and of the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Great Southern Bank (the "Bank");

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee previously entered into an employment agreement dated September 18, 2002 (the "Prior Agreement");

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors") believes it is in the best interests of the Company and its subsidiaries for the Company to enter into this Agreement with the Employee, which amends and restates the Prior Agreement in its entirety, in order to (a) revise the provisions regarding bonuses and the deferral of certain compensation, (b) ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor provision (the "Code"), (c) clarify the provisions regarding confidential information, and (d) make certain other changes; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has approved and authorized the execution of this Agreement with the Employee;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:


1.
Definitions.

(a) The term "Change in Control" means any of the following events: (1) any person or persons acting as a group (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company or the Bank possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding stock of the Company or the Bank; (2) individuals who are members of the Board of Directors of the Company on the date hereof (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason during any 12-month period to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by the nominating committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; (3) any person or persons acting as a group (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets of the Company or the Bank that have a gross fair market value of 40% or more of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company or the Bank immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions; or (4) any other event which is not covered by the foregoing subsections but which the Board of Directors determines to affect control of the Company or the Bank and with respect to which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution that the event constitutes a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement; provided that with respect to each of the events covered by clauses (1) through (4) above, the event must





also be deemed to be either a change in the ownership of the Company or the Bank, a change in the effective control of the Company or the Bank or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company or the Bank within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) The term "Consolidated Subsidiaries" means any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Company (or its successors) that are part of the consolidated group of the Company (or its successors) for federal income tax reporting.

(c) The term "Date of Termination" means the date upon which the Employee's employment with the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries ceases, as specified in a notice of termination pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, provided that all references in this Agreement to a Date of Termination that results in the payment of severance shall mean the date of the Employee's involuntary Separation from Service.

(d) The term "Effective Date" means the date first written above.

(e) The term "Health Insurance Benefits" shall mean the benefits to be provided pursuant to Section 7(a) of this Agreement to the Employee and his dependents who are covered by the Company or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries at the time of the Employee's Involuntary Termination (each such person, including the Employee, a "Covered Person" and collectively the "Covered Persons") for the time period set forth in Section 7(a) of this Agreement (the "Coverage Period"), which benefits shall consist of the following: (i) the Company or the Bank shall pay 100% of the premiums for COBRA coverage for each such Covered Person until the earlier of (A) the expiration of the COBRA period, (B) the expiration of the Coverage Period, or (C) the death of such person; and (ii) if the Coverage Period extends beyond the expiration of the COBRA period, then in addition to the premiums specified in clause (i) above, the Company or the Bank shall pay 100% of the premiums for alternative policies which provide the Covered Persons with benefits substantially similar to the benefits then provided to executive officers of the Company and the Bank (or their successors) and their dependents; provided, however, that in the event that the continued participation of the Covered Person in any insurance plan as provided above is barred or would trigger the payment of an excise tax under Section 4980D of the Code, or during the Coverage Period any such insurance plan is discontinued, then the Company and the Bank shall either (A) arrange to provide the Covered Person with alternative benefits substantially similar to those which the Covered Person would be entitled to receive under clauses (i) or (ii) above, provided that the alternative benefits do not trigger the payment of an excise tax under Section 4980D of the Code, or (B) in the event that the continuation of any insurance coverage as specified above would trigger the payment of an excise tax under Section 4980D of the Code or in the event such continued coverage is unable to be provided by the Company or the Bank, pay to the Employee within 30 days following the Date of Termination (or within 30 days following the discontinuation of the benefits if later) a lump sum cash amount equal to the projected cost to the Company and the Bank of providing continued coverage to the Covered Persons until the expiration of the Coverage Period, with the projected cost to be based on the costs being incurred immediately prior to the Involuntary Termination (or the discontinuation of the benefits if later), as increased by 15% on each scheduled renewal date. Any insurance premiums payable by the Company or the Bank as specified above shall be payable at such times and in such amounts (except that the Company or the Bank shall also pay any employee portion of the premiums) as if the Employee was still an executive officer of the Company or the Bank (or their successors),

2




subject to any increases in such amounts imposed by the insurance company or COBRA, and the amount of insurance premiums required to be paid by the Company or the Bank in any taxable year shall not affect the amount of insurance premiums required to be paid by the Company or the Bank in any other taxable year.

(f) The term "Involuntary Termination" means a termination of the employment of the Employee (i) by the Company and the Bank without his express written consent; or (ii) by the Employee by reason of a material diminution of or interference with his duties, responsibilities or benefits, including any of the following actions unless consented to in writing by the Employee: (1) a requirement that the Employee be based at any place other than Springfield, Missouri, or within 50 miles thereof, except for reasonable travel on Company or Bank business; (2) a material demotion of the Employee; (3) a material reduction in the number or seniority of personnel reporting to the Employee or a material reduction in the frequency with which, or in the nature of the matters with respect to which, such personnel are to report to the Employee, other than as part of a Bank- or Company-wide reduction in staff; (4) a material reduction in the Employee's salary or a material adverse change in the Employee's perquisites, benefits, contingent benefits or vacation, other than prior to a Change in Control as part of an overall program applied uniformly and with equitable effect to all members of the senior management of the Bank or the Company; (5) a material permanent increase in the required hours of work or the workload of the Employee; or (6) the failure of the Board of Directors (or a board of directors of a successor of the Company) to elect him as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or a successor of the Company) or any action by the Board of Directors (or a board of directors of a successor of the Company) removing him from any of such office, or the failure of the board of directors of the Bank (or any successor of the Bank) to elect him as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank (or any successor of the Bank) or any action by such board (or board of a successor of the Bank) removing him from any of such office; provided in each case that Involuntary Termination shall mean a Separation from Service as defined herein and that also constitutes an involuntary Separation from Service under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(n). In addition, before the Employee terminates his employment pursuant to clauses (1) through (6) of the preceding sentence, the Employee must first provide written notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition, describing the existence of such condition, and the Company shall thereafter have the right to remedy the condition within thirty (30) days following the date it received the written notice from the Employee. If the Company remedies the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then the Employee shall not have the right to terminate his employment as the result of such event. If the Company does not remedy the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then the Employee may terminate his employment as the result of such event at any time within sixty (60) days following the expiration of such cure period. All references in this Agreement to an Involuntary Termination that results in the payment of severance shall mean an involuntary Separation from Service under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(n). The term "Involuntary Termination" does not include Termination for Cause, termination of employment due to permanent disability pursuant to Section 7(g) of this Agreement, retirement, death or suspension or temporary or permanent prohibition from participation in the conduct of the affairs of a depository institution under Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

(g) The term "Other Insurance Benefits" shall mean the group life insurance, key man life insurance and long-term disability insurance benefits to be provided pursuant to Section 7(a) of this Agreement for the benefit of the Employee and his dependents and beneficiaries who would have been eligible for such benefits if the Employee had not suffered an Involuntary Termination in the event such benefits were provided immediately prior to the Date of

3




Termination, with (i) such benefits to be provided on the same terms as if the Employee had continued to remain employed as an executive officer of the Company and the Bank, (ii) such benefits to be provided until the expiration of the Coverage Period or the Employee's death, whichever occurs first, and (iii) the Company or the Bank to pay 100% of the premiums for such continued insurance coverage; provided, however, that in the event that the continued participation of the Employee in any insurance plan specified above is barred, or during the Coverage Period any such insurance plan is discontinued, then the Company and the Bank shall either (A) arrange to provide the Employee with alternative benefits substantially similar to those which the Employee was entitled to receive under such insurance plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination, or (B) in the event such continued coverage is unable to be provided by the Company or the Bank, pay to the Employee within 30 days following the Date of Termination (or within 30 days following the discontinuation of the benefits if later) a lump sum cash amount equal to the projected cost to the Company and the Bank of providing continued coverage to the Employee until the expiration of the Coverage Period, with the projected cost to be based on the costs being incurred immediately prior to the Involuntary Termination (or the discontinuation of the benefits if later), as increased by 15% on each scheduled renewal date. Any insurance premiums payable by the Company or the Bank as specified above shall be payable at such times and in such amounts (except that the Company or the Bank shall also pay any employee portion of the premiums) as if the Employee was still an executive officer of the Company or the Bank (or their successors), subject to any increases in such amounts imposed by the insurance company, and the amount of insurance premiums required to be paid by the Company or the Bank in any taxable year shall not affect the amount of insurance premiums required to be paid by the Company or the Bank in any other taxable year.
(h)     The term "Section 409A" means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations
and guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
(i) The term "Separation from Service" shall mean a cessation or reduction in the Employee's services for the Company and the Bank (and any other affiliated entities that are deemed to constitute a "service recipient" as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(h)(3)) that constitutes a "Separation from Service" as determined under Section 409A of the Code, taking into account all of the facts, circumstances, rules and presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(h)

   (j)  The terms "Termination for Cause" and "Terminated for Cause" mean termination of the employment of the Employee because of the Employee's dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (excluding violations which do not have an adverse \effect on the Company or the Bank) or final cease-and-desist order, or (except as provided below) material breach of any provision of this Agreement. No act or failure to act by the Employee shall be considered willful unless the Employee acted or failed to act with an absence of good faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company. The Employee shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Employee a copy of a resolution, duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board duly called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Employee and an opportunity for the Employee to present his views on the matter to the Board either in person without counsel or in writing), stating that in

4




the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors the Employee has engaged in conduct described in the preceding sentence and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. The opportunity of the Employee to be heard before the Board shall not affect the right of the Employee to arbitration as set forth in Section 18 of this Agreement.

2. Term; Termination of Prior Employment Agreement.  The initial term of this Agreement shall be a period ending on September 30, 2024, subject to earlier termination as provided herein. On each October 1st, commencing October 1, 2020, the term shall be extended for a period of one year in addition to the then-remaining term, provided that the Company has not given notice to the Employee in writing at least 90 days prior to such annual anniversary date that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended further, and provided further that the Employee has not received an unsatisfactory performance review by either the Board of Directors or the board of directors of the Bank.

3. Employment.  The Employee is employed as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank. As such, the Employee shall render administrative and management services as are customarily performed by persons situated in similar executive capacities, and shall have such other powers and duties as the Board of Directors or the board of directors of the Bank may prescribe from time to time. The Employee shall also render services to any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Company or the Bank as requested by the Company or the Bank from time to time consistent with his executive position. The Employee shall devote his best efforts and reasonable time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company and the Bank to the extent necessary to discharge his responsibilities hereunder. The Employee may (i) serve on corporate or charitable boards or committees, and (ii) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere materially with performance of his responsibilities hereunder.


4.
Cash Compensation.

(a) Salary.  The Company agrees to pay the Employee during the term of this Agreement a base salary (the "Company Salary") the annualized amount of which shall be not less than the annualized aggregate amount of the Employee's base salary from the Company and any Consolidated Subsidiaries in effect at the Effective Date; provided that any amounts of salary actually paid to the Employee by any Consolidated Subsidiaries shall reduce the amount to be paid by the Company to the Employee. The Company Salary, excluding the bonus, shall be paid no less frequently than monthly and shall be subject to customary tax withholding. The amount of the Employee's Company Salary may be increased (but shall not be decreased other than prior to a Change in Control as part of an overall program applied uniformly and with equitable effect to all members of senior management of the Company or the Bank) from time to time in accordance with the amounts of salary approved by the Board of Directors or the board of directors of any of the Consolidated Subsidiaries after the Effective Date, or by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of any of the foregoing entities.

(b) Bonuses. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in an equitable manner with all other executive officers of the Company and the Bank in such performance-based and discretionary bonuses, if any, as are authorized and declared by the Board of Directors for executive officers of the Company and by the board of directors of the Bank for executive officers of the Bank, or by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of any of the foregoing entities. Additionally, the Employee shall be entitled to receive a bonus payable annually equal

5




to 0.75% of the Company's fiscal year pre-tax earnings. Any bonus shall be paid not later than 21/2 months after the year in which the Employee obtains a legally binding right to the bonus. If the bonus cannot be paid by that date, then it shall be paid on the next following April 15, or such other date during the year as permitted under Section 409A.

(c) Expenses. The Employee shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in performing services under this Agreement in accordance with the policies and procedures applicable to the executive officers of the Company and the Bank, provided that the Employee accounts for such expenses as required under such policies and procedures.

(d) Deferral of Non-Deductible Compensation. In the event that the Employee's aggregate compensation (including compensatory benefits which are deemed remuneration for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code) from the Company and the Consolidated Subsidiaries for any year ending on or before December 31, 2019 exceeds the greater of (i) $1,000,000 or (ii) the maximum amount of compensation deductible by the Company or any of the Consolidated Subsidiaries in any calendar year under Section 162(m) of the Code (the "maximum allowable amount"), then any such amount in excess of the maximum allowable amount shall be mandatorily deferred (with interest thereon at an annual rate equal to the federal short-term rate under Section 1274(d)(1) of the Code, determined as of the last day of the calendar year in which the Employee's compensation is first not deductible under Section 162(m) of the Code, per annum, compounded annually. Any amount deferred under this Section 4(d) shall be paid either (A) during the first calendar year in which the Company reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the deferred amount (or a portion thereof) is paid during such year, the deductibility of the amount paid during such year will not be barred by Section 162(m) of the Code, or (B) if the Employee has a Separation from Service, on January 1 st of the first year following the date of the Separation from Service; provided, however, if the Employee is a "Specified Employee" (as defined in Section 409A) at the time of his Separation from Service, then any amount payable under clause (B) which is not covered by the separation pay plan exemption from Section 409A set forth in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and as such constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A, shall not be paid until the first business day of the later of (x) the first January following the date of the Employee's Separation from Service, (y) the seventh month following the Employee's Separation from Service, or (z) the nineteenth month following the Effective Date.  The provisions of this subsection shall survive any termination of the Employee's employment and any termination of this Agreement.


5.
Benefits.

(a) Participation in Benefit Plans. The Employee shall be entitled to participate, to the same extent as executive officers of the Company and the Bank generally, in all plans of the Company and the Bank relating to pension, retirement, thrift, profit-sharing, savings, group or other life insurance, hospitalization, medical and dental coverage, travel and accident insurance, education, cash bonuses, and other retirement or employee benefits or combinations thereof. In addition, the Employee shall be entitled to be considered for benefits under all of the stock and stock option related plans in which the Company's or the Bank's executive officers are eligible or become eligible to participate.

6





(b) Fringe Benefits. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in, and receive benefits under, any other fringe benefit plans or perquisites which are or may become generally available to the Company's or the Bank's executive officers, including but not limited to supplemental retirement, incentive compensation, supplemental medical or life insurance plans, company cars, club dues, physical examinations, financial planning and tax preparation services.


6.
Vacations; Leave.

The Employee shall be entitled to annual paid vacation in accordance with the policies established by the Board of Directors and the board of directors of the Bank for executive officers, in no event less than four weeks per year, and to voluntary leaves of absence, with or without pay, from time to time at such times and upon such conditions as the Board of Directors may determine in its discretion.


7.
Termination of Employment.

(a) Involuntary Termination. If the Employee experiences an Involuntary Termination, such termination of employment shall be subject to the Company's obligations under this Section 7. In the event of the Involuntary Termination of the Employee, if the Employee has offered to continue to provide the services contemplated by and on the terms provided in this Agreement and such offer has been declined, then the Company shall, during the portion of the term of this Agreement remaining following the Date of Termination (the "Liquidated Damage Period"), as damages for breach of contract: (i) pay to the Employee monthly one-twelfth of the Company Salary at the annual rate in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination and one-twelfth of the average annual amount of cash bonus and cash incentive compensation of the Employee, based on the average amounts of such compensation earned by the Employee from the Company and the Bank for the two full fiscal years preceding the Date of Termination, with such payments to commence as of the first business day of the month following the date of the Involuntary Termination, except as otherwise set forth below or in Section 7(c) below, (ii) provide Health Insurance Benefits to each Covered Person until the expiration of the remaining term of this Agreement or such Covered Person's death, whichever first occurs, and (iii) provide Other Insurance Benefits until the expiration of the remaining term of this Agreement or the Employee's death, whichever first occurs. If the Employee is a "Specified Employee" (as defined in Section 409A) at the time of his Separation from Service, then any payments under this Section 7(a) which are not covered by the separation pay plan exemption from Section 409A set forth in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and as such constitute deferred compensation under Section 409A, shall not be paid until the first business day of the later of (A) the seventh month following the Employee's Separation from Service, or (B) the nineteenth month following the Effective Date, except that if the Employee dies beforehand, the payments made be made on the first business day following the date of his death (the "Delayed Distribution Date"). Any payments deferred on account of the preceding sentence shall be accumulated without interest and paid with the first payment that is payable in accordance with the preceding sentence and Section 409A. To the extent permitted by Section 409A, amounts payable under this Section 7(a) which are considered deferred compensation shall be treated as payable after amounts which are not considered deferred compensation (i.e., which are considered payable on account of an involuntary Separation from Service as herein defined pursuant to a separation pay plan).

(b) Change in Control. In the event that the Employee experiences an Involuntary Termination within the 12 months preceding, at the time of, or within 24 months following a Change in Control, then in addition to the Company's obligations under Section 7(a)

7




of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to 299% of the Employee's "base amount" as determined under Section 280G of the Code, with such amount to be paid in equal monthly installments over the then remaining Liquidated Damage Period, except as set forth below or in Section 7(c) below. If the Employee is a "Specified Employee" (as defined in Section 409A) at the time of his Separation from Service, then payments under this Section 7(b) which are not covered by the separation pay plan exemption from Section 409A set forth in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and as such constitute deferred compensation under Section 409A, shall not be paid until the Delayed Distribution Date. Any payments deferred on account of the preceding sentence shall be accumulated without interest and paid with the first payment that is payable in accordance with the preceding sentence and Section 409A. To the extent permitted by Section 409A, amounts payable under this Section 7(b) which are considered deferred compensation shall be treated as payable after amounts which are not considered deferred compensation (i.e., which are considered payable on account of an involuntary Separation from Service as herein defined pursuant to a separation pay plan).

(c) Year-End Straddle Provision. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement, in the event any payment under this Section 7 is made contingent upon the execution of a general release and the time period that the Employee has to consider the terms of such general release (including any revocation period under such release) commences in one calendar year and ends in the succeeding calendar year, then the payment shall not be paid until the succeeding calendar year. Payments that would have otherwise been made in the year in which the Date of Termination occurs in the absence of this Section 7(c) shall be accumulated without interest and paid in the immediately succeeding calendar year as soon as practicable following the execution of the general release and the expiration of the revocation period.

(d) Termination for Cause. In the event of Termination for Cause, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Employee under this Agreement after the Date of Termination other than deferred amounts under Section 4(d).

(e) Voluntary Termination. The Employee may terminate his employment voluntarily at any time by a notice pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement. In the event that the Employee voluntarily terminates his employment other than by reason of any of the actions that constitute Involuntary Termination under Section 1 (f)(ii) of this Agreement ("Voluntary Termination"), the Company shall be obligated to the Employee for the amount of his Company Salary and benefits only through the Date of Termination, at the time such payments are due, and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Employee under this Agreement except as provided in Section 4(d).

(f) Death. In the event of the death of the Employee while employed under this Agreement and prior to any termination of employment, the Company shall pay to the Employee's estate, or such person or beneficiary as the Employee may have previously designated in writing, (i) a lump sum equal to the Company Salary which was not previously paid to the Employee and the Company Salary which he would have earned if he had continued to be employed under this Agreement through the 180th day after the date on which the Employee died; (ii) the amounts of any benefits or awards which, pursuant to the terms of any applicable plan or plans, were earned with respect to the fiscal year in which the Employee died and which the Employee would have been entitled to

8




receive if he had continued to be employed, and the amount of any bonus or incentive compensation for such fiscal year which the Employee would have been entitled to receive if he had continued to be employed, pro-rated in accordance with the portion of the fiscal year prior to his death, provided that such amounts shall be payable when and as ordinarily payable under the applicable plans; and (iii) the unpaid deferred amounts under Section 4(d). The lump sum payable pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 7(f) shall be payable within 30 days following the date of death.

(g) Permanent Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "permanently disabled" means that the Employee has a mental or physical infirmity which permanently impairs his ability to perform substantially his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement and which results in (i) eligibility of the Employee under the long-term disability plan of the Company or the Bank, if any; or (ii) inability of the Employee to perform substantially his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement for a period of 180 consecutive days. Either the Company or the Bank or both may terminate the employment of the Employee after having established that the Employee is permanently disabled.

(h) Regulatory Action. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement:

(1) If the Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of a depository institution by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA"), 12 U.S.C. § 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected; and

(2) If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIA), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this provision shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.


8.
Tax Gross-Up

(a) If the payments and benefits pursuant to this Agreement, either alone or together with other payments and benefits which the Employee has the right to receive from the Company and its subsidiaries (or their successors), would constitute a "parachute payment" as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (the "Initial Parachute Payment"), then the Company shall pay to the Employee, within ten (10) business days after the Date of Termination and subject to applicable withholding requirements, a lump sum cash amount equal to the sum of the following:

(i) twenty (20) percent (or such other percentage equal to the tax rate imposed by Section 4999 of the Code) of the amount by which the Initial Parachute Payment exceeds the Employee's "base amount" from the Company and its subsidiaries, as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code, with the difference between the Initial Parachute Payment and the Employee's base amount being hereinafter referred to as the "Initial Excess Parachute Payment"; and

 (ii) such additional amount (tax allowance) as may be necessary to compensate the Employee for the payment by the Employee of federal, state and local income and excise taxes on the payment provided under clause (i) above and on any payments under this clause (ii). In computing such tax allowance, the payment to be made under clause (i) above shall be multiplied by the "gross up percentage" ("GUP"). The GUP shall be determined as follows:

9





 
GUP = Tax Rate             
            1 - Tax Rate
 
   

The Tax Rate for purposes of computing the GUP shall be the highest marginal federal, state and local income and employment-related tax rate (including Social Security and Medicare taxes), including any applicable excise tax rate, applicable to the Employee in the year in which the payment under clause (i) above is made, and shall also reflect the phase-out of deductions and the ability to deduct certain of such taxes.

The Company's independent tax counsel or accountants shall review each calendar year during the Liquidated Damage Period the determination of the Initial Excess Parachute Payment and shall adjust, to the extent necessary and appropriate, the amount payable pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 8(a) (the "Annual Adjustment Amount"). In the event there is an Annual Adjustment Amount, then the Company's independent tax counsel or accountants shall notify the Company and the Employee of the amount the Employee must pay to the Company or the Company must pay to the Employee in order to put the Employee (or the Company, as the case may be) in the same position the Employee (or the Company, as the case may be) would have been if the Initial Excess Parachute Payment had reflected the Annual Adjustment Amount. In determining the Annual Adjustment Amount, the independent tax counsel or accountants shall take into account any and all taxes (including any penalties and interest) paid by or for the Employee or refunded to the Employee or for the Employee's benefit. As soon as practicable after the Annual Adjustment Amount has been so determined, and in no event more than thirty (30) days after the Annual Adjustment Amount has been so determined, the Company shall pay the Annual Adjustment Amount to the Employee or the Employee shall repay the Annual Adjustment Amount to the Company, as the case may be.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it shall subsequently be determined in a final judicial determination or a final administrative settlement to which the Employee is a party that the actual excess parachute payment as defined in Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code (before giving effect to the payments under Sections 8(a)(i) and (ii) above) is different from the Initial Excess Parachute Payment, as adjusted by the cumulative Annual Adjustment Amounts (such different amount being hereafter referred to as the "Determinative Excess Parachute Payment"), then the Company's independent tax counsel or accountants shall determine the amount (the "Final Adjustment Amount") which either the Employee must pay to the Company or the Company must pay to the Employee in order to put the Employee (or the Company, as the case may be) in the same position the Employee (or the Company, as the case may be) would have been if the Initial Excess Parachute Payment had been equal to the Determinative Excess Parachute Payment. In determining the Final Adjustment Amount, the independent tax counsel or accountants shall take into account any and all taxes (including any penalties and interest) paid by or for the Employee or refunded to the Employee or for the Employee's benefit. As soon as practicable after the Final Adjustment Amount has been so determined, and in no event more than thirty (30) days after the Final Adjustment Amount has been so determined, the Company shall pay the Final Adjustment Amount to the Employee or the Employee shall repay the Final Adjustment Amount to the Company, as the case may be.


10





 (c) In each calendar year that the Employee receives payments of benefits that constitute a parachute payment, the Employee shall report on his federal, state and local income tax returns such information as is consistent with the determination made by the independent tax counsel or accountants of the Company as described above. The Company shall indemnify and hold the Employee harmless from any and all losses, costs and expenses (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, interest, fines and penalties) which the Employee incurs as a result of so reporting such information, with such indemnification to be paid by the Company to the Employee as soon as practicable and in any event no later than March 15 of the year immediately following the year in which the amount subject to indemnification was determined. The Employee shall promptly notify the Company in writing whenever the Employee receives notice of the institution of a judicial or administrative proceeding, formal or informal, in which the federal tax treatment under Section 4999 of the Code of any amount paid or payable under this Section 8 is being reviewed or is in dispute. The Company shall assume control at its expense over all legal and accounting matters pertaining to such federal tax treatment (except to the extent necessary or appropriate for the Employee to resolve any such proceeding with respect to any matter unrelated to amounts paid or payable pursuant to this Section 8) and the Employee shall cooperate fully with the Company in any such proceeding. The Employee shall not enter into any compromise or settlement or otherwise prejudice any rights the Company may have in connection therewith without the prior consent of the Company.


9.
Notice of Termination.
In the event that the Company or the Bank, or both, desire to terminate the employment of the Employee during the term of this Agreement, the Company or the Bank, or both, shall deliver to the Employee a written notice of termination, stating whether such termination constitutes Termination for Cause or Involuntary Termination or is due to permanent disability, setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances that are the basis for the termination, and specifying the date upon which employment shall terminate, which date shall be at least 30 days after the date upon which the notice is delivered, except in the case of Termination for Cause. In the event that the Employee determines in good faith that he has experienced an event giving rise to an Involuntary Termination of his employment if not cured, he shall send a written notice to the Company in accordance with Section 1(f) of this Agreement In the event that the Employee desires to effect a Voluntary Termination, he shall deliver a written notice to the Company, stating the date upon which employment shall terminate, which date shall be at least 30 days after the date upon which the notice is delivered, unless the parties agree to a date sooner.

10. Attorneys' Fees.  The Company shall pay all legal fees and related expenses (including the costs of experts, evidence and counsel) incurred by the Employee as a result of (i) the Employee's contesting or disputing any termination of employment, or (ii) the Employee's seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement or by any other plan or arrangement maintained by the Company (or its successors) or the Consolidated Subsidiaries under which the Employee is or may be entitled to receive benefits; provided that the Company's obligation to pay such fees and expenses is subject to the Employee prevailing with respect to the matters in dispute in any action initiated by the Employee or the Employee having been determined to have acted reasonably and in good faith with respect to any action initiated by the Company or the Bank. The Company agrees to pay such legal fees and related expenses to the extent permitted by law within 60 days following the date the Employee provides notice to the Company with respect to such amounts, and in the event it is subsequently determined that the Employee is not entitled to such payments as a result of the proviso clause in the preceding sentence, the Employee shall repay to the Company within 60 days following such determination any payments for legal fees and related expenses as to which the Employee was not entitled.

11






11.
Non-Disclosure and Non-Solicitation.

(a) Non-Disclosure. The Employee acknowledges that he has acquired, and will continue to acquire while employed by the Company and/or any Consolidated Subsidiary, special knowledge of the business, affairs, strategies and plans of the Company and the Consolidated Subsidiaries which has not been disclosed to the public and which constitutes confidential and proprietary business information owned by the Company and the Consolidated Subsidiaries, including but not limited to, information about the customers, customer lists, software, data, formulae, processes, inventions, trade secrets, marketing information and plans, and business strategies of the Company and the Consolidated Subsidiaries, and other information about the products and services offered or developed or planned to be offered or developed by the Company and/or the Consolidated Subsidiaries ("Confidential Information"). The Employee agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Company, he shall not, during the term of his employment or at any time thereafter, in any manner directly or indirectly disclose any Confidential Information to any person or entity other than the Company and the Consolidated Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employee is requested or required (including but not limited to by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents in legal proceeding, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information, the Employee shall provide the Company with prompt written notice of any such request or requirement so that the Company and/or a Consolidated Subsidiary may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 11(a). If, in the absence of a protective order or other remedy or the receipt of a waiver from the Company, the Employee is nonetheless legally compelled to disclose Confidential Information to any tribunal or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other censure or penalty, the Employee may, without liability hereunder, disclose to such tribunal only that portion of the Confidential Information which is legally required to be disclosed, provided that the Employee exercise his best efforts to preserve the confidentiality of the Confidential Information, including without limitation by cooperating with the Company and/or a Consolidated Subsidiary to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Confidential Information by such tribunal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the parties hereto agree that nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Employee's ability to report information to or file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission that has jurisdiction over the Company or any Consolidated Subsidiary (the "Government Agencies"). The Employee further understands that this Agreement does not limit his ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company and/or any Consolidated Subsidiary. This Agreement does not limit the Employee's right to receive an award for information provided to any Government Agencies. In addition, pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, the Employee understands that an individual may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made (A) in confidence to a federal, state or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding. Further, an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the employer's trade secrets to the attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if the individual (y) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (z) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order. On the Date of Termination, the Employee shall promptly deliver to the Company all copies of documents or other records (including without limitation electronic records) containing any Confidential Information that is in his possession or under his control, and shall retain no written or electronic record of any Confidential Information.

12





(b) Non-Solicitation. As partial consideration for the severance payments, insurance benefits and tax gross-up to be provided to the Employee pursuant to Sections 7 and 8 of this Agreement, the Employee agrees that during the three-year period next following the Date of Termination, the Employee shall not directly or indirectly solicit, encourage, or induce any person while employed by the Company or any Consolidated Subsidiary to (i) leave the Company or any Consolidated Subsidiary, (ii) cease his or her employment with the Company or any Consolidated Subsidiary or (iii) accept employment with another entity or person.

The provisions of this Section 11 shall survive any termination of the Employee's employment and any termination of this Agreement.


12.
No Assignments.

(a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto, and neither party may assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Company shall require any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Employee, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession or assignment had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such an assumption agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee to compensation and benefits from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as provided for upon an Involuntary Termination under Section 7 hereof. For purposes of implementing the provisions of this Section 12(a), the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

(b) This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

13.   Notice.  For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the Company at its home office, to the attention of the Board of Directors with a copy to the Secretary of the Company, or, if to the Employee, to such home or other address as the Employee has most recently provided in writing to the Company.

14.   Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise provided.

15.   Headings.  The headings used in this Agreement are included solely for convenience and shall not affect, or be used in connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement.

13




16.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

17. G  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Missouri.

18. a  Arbitration.  Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement (other than relating to the enforcement of the provisions of Section 11) shall be settled exclusively by arbitration before a single arbitrator in Springfield, Missouri under the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (the "AAA") then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction. The arbitrator shall be selected by the mutual agreement of the parties within ten (10) business days of the date when the parties shall first have the opportunity to select an arbitrator (the "Selection Period"); provided, however, that if the parties fail to agree upon an arbitrator by the expiration of the Selection Period, then each party shall, within five (5) business days after the expiration of the Selection Period, select an arbitrator from the list of arbitrators provided by the AAA and the two arbitrators so selected by each party, acting independently, shall, as soon as practicable and within thirty (30) days of both being selected, agree upon the selection of the arbitrator to arbitrate the controversy or claim.

19. Equitable and Other Judicial Relief.  In the event of an actual or threatened breach by the Employee of any of the provisions of Section 11, the Company shall be entitled to equitable relief in the form of an injunction from a court of competent jurisdiction and such other equitable and legal relief as such court deems appropriate under the circumstances. The parties agree that the Company shall not be required to post any bond in connection with the grant or issuance of an injunction (preliminary, temporary and/or permanent) by a court of competent jurisdiction, and if a bond is nevertheless required, the parties agree that it shall be in a nominal amount. The parties further agree that in the event of a breach by the Employee of any of the provisions of Section 11, the Company will suffer irreparable damage and its remedy at law against the Employee is inadequate to compensate it for such damage.

20. Satisfaction of the Company's Obligations by the Bank. To the extent that the Bank or any other of the Company's Consolidated Subsidiaries pays salary to the Employee or provides benefits to him which the Company is obligated to pay or provide under this Agreement, the Company's obligations under this Agreement shall be deemed to be satisfied.

21. C  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

22. Changes in Statutes or RegulationsIf any statutory or regulatory provisionreferenced herein is subsequently changed or re-numbered, or is replaced by a separate provision, then the references in this Agreement to such statutory or regulatory provision shall be deemed to be a reference to such section as amended, re-numbered or replaced.

23. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the Company and the Employee with respect to the matters agreed to herein. All prior agreements between the Company and the Employee with respect to the matters agreed to herein, including the Prior Agreement, are hereby superseded and shall have no force or effect.

(Signature page follows)
14



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS A BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION WHICH MAY BE ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

Attest:
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
     
/s/ Doug Marrs
 
/s/ Rex Copeland
Doug Marrs, Secretary
 
Rex Copeland, Treasurer
     
     
     
   
Employee
     
   
/s/ Joseph W. Turner
   
Joseph W. Turner






15

EXHIBIT 31.1


CERTIFICATIONS

 
I, Joseph W. Turner, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
   
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.


Date: November 6, 2019
 
/s/ Joseph W. Turner                                      
Joseph W. Turner
President and Chief Executive Officer



EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Rex A. Copeland, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
   
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 6, 2019
 
/s/ Rex A. Copeland                              
Rex A. Copeland
Treasurer
 


EXHIBIT 32


SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned hereby certifies in his capacity as an officer of GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. (the "Company") that the quarterly report of the Company on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2019 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods presented in the financial statements included in such report.


Dated: November 6, 2019
/s/ Joseph W. Turner                                                                           
Joseph W. Turner
 President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
Dated: November 6, 2019
/s/ Rex A. Copeland                                                                             
Rex A. Copeland
 Treasurer